Fgfr3 fusion gene and pharmaceutical drug targeting same

ABSTRACT

The FGFR-encoding gene was studied extensively with regard to its expression, hyperamplification, mutation, translocation, or such in various cancer cells. As a result, novel fusion polypeptides in which the FGFR3 polypeptide is fused with a different polypeptide were identified and isolated from several types of bladder cancer-derived cells and lung cancer cells. The use of a fusion polypeptide of the present invention as a biomarker in FGFR inhibitor-based cancer therapy enables one to avoid side effects in cancer therapy and control the therapeutic condition to produce the best therapeutic effect, thereby enabling individualized medicine.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a divisional of application Ser. No. 14/380,399, filed on Aug. 22, 2014, which is the National Stage of International Application No. PCT/JP2013/076200, filed on Sep. 27, 2013, which claims the benefit of Japanese Application No. 2012-214739, filed on Sep. 27, 2012, and Japanese Application No. 2013-149217, filed on Jul. 18, 2013.

TECHNICAL FIELD

The present invention relates to novel fusion polypeptides expressed in abnormal cells such as cancer cells; polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides; vectors comprising the polynucleotides; cells comprising the vectors; antibodies and fragments thereof which specifically bind to the polypeptides; oligonucleotide primers that hybridize to the polynucleotides; oligonucleotides that cleave the polynucleotides; pharmaceutical compositions comprising the antibodies or oligonucleotides; methods and kits for detecting the polynucleotides or fusion polypeptides; methods for testing cancer susceptibility, whether a subject is affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed based on the presence or absence of the polynucleotides or fusion polypeptides; methods for selecting cancer patients to which an FGFR inhibitor is applicable; pharmaceutical compositions for treating cancer wherein compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are used for administration to patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; methods for treating or preventing cancer which comprise the step of administering an effective amount of compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof to patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; use of compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof in the production of pharmaceutical compositions for cancer treatment for administration to patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof for use in treating or preventing patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; as well as methods for identifying FGFR inhibitors, and such.

BACKGROUND ART

Cancer can develop in any organ or tissue, and is highly refractory and lethal. It goes with saying that cancer is a very troublesome disease. Recent statistical data showed that one out of every two persons is diagnosed with cancer during life, and one out of four men and one out of six women die of cancer. Thus, cancer remains an extremely severe disease.

To date, a number of anticancer agents have been developed and prescribed to many cancer patients, and certain therapeutic outcome has been achieved. However, anticancer agents are well known to cause serious side effects as well. Meanwhile, it has long been known that there are individual differences in the response to anticancer agents, i.e., therapeutic effects and side effects, although the cause remains undissolved.

Recent advances in science and technology, in particular, rapid progress of pharmacogenomics (PGx), has enabled us to understand various diseases including cancer (such as cancer, diabetes, and hypertension) at the molecular level. It has been revealed that among patients showing similar symptoms, there are cases where genetic polymorphism (including gene mutation) is involved in the various individual differences observed, for example, differences in the absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion of administered pharmaceutical agents, as well as differences in the response at sites of action, differences in pathological conditions, and differences in disease susceptibility.

This suggests that for patients who are already affected with cancer, therapeutic effects can be enhanced and side effects can be reduced, for example, by analyzing the patients' genomic information in advance before administration of anticancer agents, and selecting an agent to be administered and determining the mode of prescription based on the presence or absence of specific genetic polymorphisms.

Likewise, for healthy persons also, genomic information of an individual can be analyzed using pharmacogenomics to predict the person's susceptibility to a disease (likelihood of being affected with a disease) as well as the person's responsiveness to pharmaceutical agents, based on the presence or absence of specific genetic polymorphisms.

This novel type of therapeutic method, which uses specific genetic polymorphisms thus identified or mutant polypeptides resulting from such polymorphisms as a biomarker, is referred to as order-made medicine, tailor-made medicine, personalized medicine, or custom-made medicine, and has been adopted for the clinical development of pharmaceutical products and clinical practice in various countries.

Similarly, agents that target the specific genetic polymorphisms identified as described above or mutant polypeptides resulting from such polymorphisms are referred to as molecularly targeted drugs, and their development is setting off actively.

Fibroblast growth factor receptors (FGFRs) are kinases belonging to the receptor tyrosine kinase family. FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, and FGFR4 constitute the FGFR family. The ligand is fibroblast growth factor (FGF), and 22 types of structurally similar proteins form the family.

Signals transmitted via FGFR are conveyed to the MAPK pathway or PI3K/AKT pathway. It has been reported that in cancer, signal transduction is involved in cell growth, angiogenesis, cell migration, invasion, metastasis, etc.; and FGFR is activated as a result of overexpression, gene hyper-amplification, mutation, or translocation (Non-patent Document 1). For example, it is known that for FGFR3, genetic translocation is observed in multiple myeloma (Non-patent Document 2); gene mutation is observed in bladder cancer (Non-patent Document 3); and overexpression is observed in ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung carcinoma, and hepatocellular carcinoma.

The findings described above suggest a connection between FGFR and cancer. Thus, attempts have been made to develop compounds with FGFR inhibitory activity as anticancer agents (Non-patent Documents 4 and 5).

While it has been reported very recently that genetic translocation that suggests the presence of a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and transforming acidic coiled-coil protein 3 (TACC3) or a fusion polypeptide of FGFR1 and TACC1 was found in very few cases of brain tumor glioblastoma multiforme (GBM) (three of 97 samples, 3.1%) (Non-patent Document 6), the connection between fusion polypeptides of FGFR with other proteins and other types of cancer remains unclear.

PRIOR ART DOCUMENTS Non-Patent Documents

-   [Non-patent Document 1] Cytokine & Growth Factor Reviews, 2005, 16:     139-149 -   [Non-patent Document 2] Blood, 2003, 101: 4569-4575 -   [Non-patent Document 3] Nature Genetics, 1999 September, 23(1):     18-20 -   [Non-patent Document 4] Cancer Research, 2012, 72: 2045-2056 -   [Non-patent Document 5] J. Med. Chem., 2011, 54: 7066-7083 -   [Non-patent Document 6] Science, Vol. 337, Issue 6099, 7 Sep. 2012:     1231-1235

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Problems to be Solved by the Invention

In view of the above circumstances, the present invention aims to identify and provide cancer cell-specific molecules that can be used as a biomarker to enable personalized medicine for FGFR inhibitor-based cancer therapy, and cancer cell-specific molecules that are useful in development of molecularly targeted drugs targeting FGFR, as well as to provide various materials and methods to be used in personalized medicine and development of molecularly targeted drugs that utilize such molecules as a biomarker or molecular target.

Means for Solving the Problems

As mentioned above, a connection between FGFR and cancer has been suggested; however, connections between fusion proteins of FGFR with other proteins and various types of cancer remain unrevealed.

To achieve the above-described objective, the present inventors conducted dedicated studies on expression, hyper-amplification, mutation, translocation, and such of FGFR-encoding genes in various cancer cells. As a result, the present inventors discovered in multiple bladder cancer cells and lung cancer cells, novel fusion polypeptide genes between an FGFR3 polypeptide gene and other polypeptide genes, in particular, fusion polypeptide genes between an FGFR3 polypeptide gene and a BAIAP2L1 polypeptide gene, and fusion polypeptide genes between an FGFR3 polypeptide gene and a TACC3 polypeptide gene. The present inventors have thereby completed the present invention.

Specifically, the present invention relates to:

novel fusion polypeptides expressed in abnormal cells such as cancer cells, polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides, vectors comprising the polynucleotides, cells comprising the vectors, antibodies and fragments thereof that specifically bind to the polypeptides, oligonucleotide primers that hybridize to the polynucleotides, oligonucleotides that cleave the polynucleotides, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the antibodies or oligonucleotides, methods and kits for detecting the fusion polypeptides or polynucleotides, methods for testing cancer susceptibility, whether a subject is affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed based on the presence or absence of the fusion polypeptides or polynucleotides, methods for selecting cancer patients to which an FGFR inhibitor is applicable, pharmaceutical compositions for cancer treatment which are characterized by their use of being administered to patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides, methods for identifying FGFR inhibitors, and such, as described below: [1] a fusion polypeptide comprising an FGFR3 polypeptide and a BAIAP2L1 polypeptide or TACC3 polypeptide: wherein the FGFR3 polypeptide is the whole or a part of a wild-type polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6 or 7, or the whole or a part of a mutant polypeptide with one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or insertions in the wild-type polypeptide; the BAIAP2L1 polypeptide is the whole or a part of a wild-type polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8, or the whole or a part of a mutant polypeptide with one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or insertions in the wild-type polypeptide; and the TACC3 polypeptide is the whole or a part of a wild-type polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, or the whole or a part of a mutant polypeptide with one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or insertions in the wild type polypeptide; [2] the fusion polypeptide of [1] described above, wherein the FGFR3 polypeptide is a wild-type polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6 or 7; [3] the fusion polypeptide of [1] or [2] described above, wherein the fusion polypeptide comprises an FGFR3 polypeptide and a BAIAP2L1 polypeptide; [4] the fusion polypeptide of [3] described above, wherein the fusion polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32 or 38; [5] the fusion polypeptide of [1] or [2] described above, wherein the fusion polypeptide comprises an FGFR3 polypeptide and a TACC3 polypeptide; [6] the fusion polypeptide of [5] described above, wherein the fusion polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28, 30, 34, or 36; [7] the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [5] described above, wherein the fusion polypeptide is derived from bladder cancer or lung cancer; [8] a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above; [9] the polynucleotide of [8] described above, which comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, 15, or 16; [10] the polynucleotide of [9] described above, which comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, or 37; [11] a vector comprising the polynucleotide of any of [8] to [10] described above; [12] a recombinant cell comprising the vector of [11] described above; [13] an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof which specifically binds to the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above; [14] a pair of oligonucleotide primers consisting of sense and antisense primers each hybridizing to a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above for detecting or amplifying the polynucleotide; [15] an oligonucleotide that binds to an mRNA polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above and has an activity to inhibit translation of the mRNA polynucleotide into protein; [16] the oligonucleotide of [15] described above, which is an siRNA that cleaves the mRNA polypeptide; [17] a pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof of [13] described above; [18] a pharmaceutical composition comprising the oligonucleotide of [15] or [16] described above; [19] a method for detecting a fusion polypeptide that comprises an FGFR3 polypeptide and a BAIAP2L1 polypeptide or TACC3 polypeptide, which comprises the step of detecting the fusion polypeptide in a sample isolated from a subject by using an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that binds to the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above; [20] a method for detecting a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide that comprises an FGFR3 polypeptide and a BAIAP2L1 polypeptide or TACC3 polypeptide, which comprises the step of detecting a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide in a sample isolated from a subject by using a pair of oligonucleotide primers consisting of sense and antisense primers each hybridizing to a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above for detecting or amplifying the polynucleotide; [21] a kit for detecting a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide that comprises an FGFR3 polypeptide and a BAIAP2L1 polypeptide or TACC3 polypeptide, which comprises a pair of oligonucleotide primers consisting of sense and antisense primers each hybridizing to a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above for detecting or amplifying the polynucleotide; [22] a kit for detecting a fusion polypeptide that comprises an FGFR3 polypeptide and a BAIAP2L1 polypeptide or TACC3 polypeptide, which comprises an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that binds to the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above; [23] a method for testing cancer susceptibility of a subject, whether a subject is affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed in a subject by determining the presence or absence of the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above in a sample isolated from the subject, wherein the method is based on the criterion that a subject is more likely to develop cancer, is affected with cancer, or has progressed cancer when the fusion polypeptide is detected; [24] a method for testing cancer susceptibility of a subject, whether a subject is affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed in a subject by determining the presence or absence of a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above in a sample isolated from the subject, wherein the method is based on the criterion that a subject is more likely to develop cancer, is affected with cancer, or has progressed cancer when the polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide is detected; [25] the method of [23] or [24] described above, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer, brain tumor, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, skin melanoma, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, or liver cancer; [26] a method for selecting a patient to which an anticancer agent comprising a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is applicable, which comprises the steps of:

-   -   (a) determining the presence or absence of the fusion         polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above in a sample         isolated from a subject; and     -   (b) selecting a patient confirmed to have the fusion polypeptide         as a patient to which the anticancer agent is applicable;         [27] a method for selecting a patient to which an anticancer         agent comprising a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a         pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is applicable, which         comprises the steps of:     -   (a) determining the presence or absence of a polynucleotide         encoding the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described         above in a sample isolated from a subject; and     -   (b) selecting a patient confirmed to have a polynucleotide         encoding the fusion polypeptide as a patient to which the         anticancer agent is applicable;         [28] the method of [26] or [27] described above, wherein the         cancer is bladder cancer, brain tumor, head and neck squamous         cell carcinoma, lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous         cell carcinoma, skin melanoma, esophageal cancer, gastric         cancer, or liver cancer;         [29] the method of any of [26] to [28] described above, wherein         the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a         pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is any one of the         compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof         represented by:

wherein R₁, R₂, R₃, and R₄ each independently represents the group listed below: R₁ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; R₂ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; or R₁ and R₂, together with an atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted by halogen; R₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₆ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₄ represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —(CH₂)_(n)Z₁, —NR₆R₇, —OR₅, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; A represents a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl ring or C₆₋₁₀ aryl ring; R₅ represents C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, or C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₆ and R₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, or cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl); or alternatively R₆ and R₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; n represents 1 to 3; R₈ and R₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or halogen; or alternatively R₈ and R₉, together with a carbon atom linked thereto, form a cycloaliphatic ring; Z₁ represents hydrogen, NR₁₀R₁₁, —OH, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₀ and R₁₁, which can be the same or different, each represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), or C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl; or alternatively R₁₀ and R₁₁, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₁₂ and R₁₃, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; or alternatively R₁₂ and R₁₃, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₄ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₆ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₇ represents hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl; R₁₈ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₉ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₂₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₂ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₄ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₆ and R₂₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₆ and R₂₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₂₈ and R₂₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₈ and R₂₉, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₃₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₂ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₆₋₁₀ aryl;

<Group P>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₃ haloalkoxy, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl;

<Group Q>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl amine, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, —COR₁₉, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by C₁₋₄ alkyl.

[30] the method of [29] described above, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a compound of formula (I), wherein A is indole, and R₃ and R₄ are both hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, [31] a pharmaceutical composition for cancer treatment, which comprises a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and is used in such a manner that the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient who expresses the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above or has a polynucleotide that encodes the fusion polypeptide; [32] the pharmaceutical composition of [31] described above for cancer treatment, wherein the patient is selected by the method of any of [26] to [30] described above; [33] the pharmaceutical composition of [31] or [32] described above for cancer treatment, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer, brain tumor, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, skin melanoma, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, or liver cancer; [34] the pharmaceutical composition of [31] or [32] described above for cancer treatment, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer; [35] the pharmaceutical composition of [34] described above for cancer treatment, wherein the bladder cancer is classified as stage 3 or later according to TNM classification; [36] the pharmaceutical composition of any of [31] to [35] for cancer treatment, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is any one of the compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof represented by:

wherein R₁, R₂, R₃, and R₄ each independently represents the group listed below: R₁ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; R₂ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; or R₁ and R₂, together with an atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted by halogen; R₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₆ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₄ represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —(CH₂)_(n)Z₁, —NR₆R₇, —OR₅, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; A represents a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl ring or C₆₋₁₀ aryl ring; R₅ represents C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, or C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₆ and R₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, or cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl); or alternatively R₆ and R₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; n represents 1 to 3; R₈ and R₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or halogen; or alternatively R₈ and R₉, together with a carbon atom linked thereto, form a cycloaliphatic ring; Z₁ represents hydrogen, NR₁₀R₁₁, —OH, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₀ and R₁₁, which can be the same or different, each represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), or C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl; or alternatively R₁₀ and R₁₁, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₁₂ and R₁₃, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; or alternatively R₁₂ and R₁₃, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₄ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₆ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₇ represents hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl; R₁₈ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₉ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₂₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₂ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₄ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₆ and R₂₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₆ and R₂₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₂₈ and R₂₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₈ and R₂₉, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₃₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₂ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₆₋₁₀ aryl;

<Group P>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₃ haloalkoxy, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl;

<Group Q>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl amine, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, —COR₁₉, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by C₁₋₄ alkyl.

[37] the pharmaceutical composition of [36] described above for cancer treatment, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a compound of formula (I), wherein A is indole, and R₃ and R₄ are both hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; [38] a method for treating or preventing cancer, comprising the step of administering an effective amount of a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a cancer patient expressing the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above or carrying a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide; [39] the method of [38] described above, wherein the patient is selected by the method of any of [26] to [30] described above; [40] the method of [38] or [39] described above, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer, brain tumor, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, skin melanoma, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, or liver cancer; [41] the method of [38] or [39] described above, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer; [42] the method of [41] described above, wherein the bladder cancer is classified as stage 3 or later according to TNM classification; [43] the method of any of [38] to [42] described above, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is any one of the compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof represented by:

wherein R₁, R₂, R₃, and R₄ each independently represents the group listed below: R₁ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; R₂ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; or R₁ and R₂, together with an atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted by halogen; R₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₆ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₄ represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —(CH₂)_(n)Z₁, —NR₆R₇, —OR₅, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; A represents a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl ring or C₆₋₁₀ aryl ring; R₅ represents C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, or C₁₋₄ trihydroxy alkyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₆ and R₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, or cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl); or alternatively R₆ and R₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; n represents 1 to 3; R₈ and R₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or halogen; or alternatively R₈ and R₉, together with a carbon atom linked thereto, form a cycloaliphatic ring; Z₁ represents hydrogen, NR₁₀R₁₁, —OH, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₀ and R₁₁, which can be the same or different, each represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), or C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl; or alternatively R₁₀ and R₁₁, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₁₂ and R₁₃, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; or alternatively R₁₂ and R₁₃, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₄ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₆ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₇ represents hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl; R₁₈ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₉ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₂₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₂ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₄ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₆ and R₂₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₆ and R₂₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₂₈ and R₂₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₈ and R₂₉, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₃₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₂ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₆₋₁₀ aryl;

<Group P>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₃ haloalkoxy, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl;

<Group Q>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl amine, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, —COR₁₉, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by C₁₋₄ alkyl.

[44] the method of [43] described above, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a compound of formula (I), wherein A is indole, and R₃ and R₄ are both hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, [45] use of a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for cancer treatment to be administered to a patient expressing the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above or carrying a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide; [46] the use of [45] described above, wherein the patient is selected by the method of any of [26] to [30] described above; [47] the use of [45] or [46] described above, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer, brain tumor, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, skin melanoma, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, or liver cancer; [48] the use of [45] or [46] described above, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer; [49] the use of [48] described above, wherein the bladder cancer is classified as stage 3 or later according to TNM classification; [50] the use of any of [45] to [49] described above, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is any one of the compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof represented by:

wherein R₁, R₂, R₃, and R₄ each independently represents the group listed below: R₁ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; R₂ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; or R₁ and R₂, together with an atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted by halogen; R₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₆ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₄ represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —(CH₂)_(n)Z₁, —NR₆R₇, —OR₅, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; A represents a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl ring or C₆₋₁₀ aryl ring; R₅ represents C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, or C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₆ and R₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, or cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl); or alternatively R₆ and R₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; n represents 1 to 3; R₈ and R₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or halogen; or alternatively R₈ and R₉, together with a carbon atom linked thereto, form a cycloaliphatic ring; Z₁ represents hydrogen, NR₁₀R₁₁, —OH, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₀ and R₁₁, which can be the same or different, each represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), or C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl; or alternatively R₁₀ and R₁₁, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₁₂ and R₁₃, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; or alternatively R₁₂ and R₁₃, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₄ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₆ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₇ represents hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl; R₁₈ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₉ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₂₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₂ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₄ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₆ and R₂₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₆ and R₂₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₂₈ and R₂₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₈ and R₂₉, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₃₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₂ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₆₋₁₀ aryl;

<Group P>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₃ haloalkoxy, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl;

<Group Q>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl amine, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, —COR₁₉, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by C₁₋₄ alkyl.

[51] the use of [50] described above, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a compound of formula (I), wherein A is indole, and R₃ and R₄ are both hydrogen, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; [52] a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for therapeutic or prophylactic use in a cancer patient expressing the fusion polypeptide of any of [1] to [7] described above or carrying a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide; [53] the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of [52] described above, wherein the patient is selected by the method of any of [26] to [30] described above; [54] the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of [52] or [53] described above, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer, brain tumor, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, skin melanoma, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, or liver cancer; [55] the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of [52] or [53] described above, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer; [56] the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of [55] described above, wherein the bladder cancer is classified as stage 3 or later according to TNM classification; [57] the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any of [52] to [56] described above, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is any one of the compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof represented by:

wherein R₁, R₂, R₃, and R₄ each independently represents the group listed below: R₁ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; R₂ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; or R₁ and R₂, together with an atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted by halogen; R₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₆ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₄ represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —(CH₂)_(n)Z₁, —NR₆R₇, —OR₅, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; A represents a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl ring or C₆₋₁₀ aryl ring; R₅ represents C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, or C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₆ and R₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, or cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl); or alternatively R₆ and R₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; n represents 1 to 3; R₈ and R₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or halogen; or alternatively R₈ and R₉, together with a carbon atom linked thereto, form a cycloaliphatic ring; Z₁ represents hydrogen, NR₁₀R₁₁, —OH, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₀ and R₁₁, which can be the same or different, each represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), or C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl; or alternatively R₁₀ and R₁₁, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₁₂ and R₁₃, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; or alternatively R₁₂ and R₁₃, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₄ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₆ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₇ represents hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl; R₁₈ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₉ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₂₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₂ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;

-   -   R₂₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄         haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to         10-membered heterocyclyl;         R₂₄ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;         R₂₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,         C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered         heterocyclyl;         R₂₆ and R₂₇, which can be the same or different, each represents         hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄         haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to         10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀         aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5-         to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃         alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic         ring; or alternatively R₂₆ and R₂₇, together with a nitrogen         atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5-         to 10-membered heteroaryl;         R₂₈ and R₂₉, which can be the same or different, each represents         hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄         haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to         10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀         aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5-         to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃         alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic         ring; or alternatively R₂₈ and R₂₉, together with a nitrogen         atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5-         to 10-membered heteroaryl;         R₃₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,         C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered         heterocyclyl;         R₃₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,         C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered         heterocyclyl;         R₃₂ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₆₋₁₀ aryl;

<Group P>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₃ haloalkoxy, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl;

<Group Q>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl amine, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, —COR₁₉, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by C₁₋₄ alkyl.

[58] the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of [57] described above, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a compound of formula (I), wherein A is indole, and R₃ and R₄ are both hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; [58] the compound of [57] described above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound having FGFR inhibitory activity or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a compound of formula (I), wherein A is indole, and R₃ and R₄ are both hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; [59] a method for identifying a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity, which comprises the steps of:

-   -   (a) culturing a cell that expresses the fusion polypeptide of         any of [1] to [7] described above in the presence or absence of         a test compound and determining the level of cell proliferation;     -   (b) comparing the proliferation level of the cultured cell         between in the presence and absence of the test compound; and     -   (c) judging that the test compound has FGFR inhibitory activity         when the proliferation level of the cell cultured in the         presence of the test compound is lower than that of the cell         cultured in the absence of the test compound;         [60] a method for identifying a compound having FGFR inhibitory         activity, which comprises the steps of:     -   (a) administering a test compound to anon-human mammal         transplanted with a cell that expresses the fusion polypeptide         of any of [1] to [7] described above and determining the         proliferation level of the cell;     -   (b) comparing the cell proliferation level determined in         step (a) with that determined using a non-human mammal         transplanted with the cell but not administered with the test         compound; and     -   (c) judging that the test compound has FGFR inhibitory activity         when the cell proliferation level determined in step (a) is         lower than that determined using a non-human mammal transplanted         with the cell but not administered with the test compound;         [61] the method of [59] or [60] described above, wherein the         cell is a cancer cell; and         [62] the method of [61] described above, wherein the cancer cell         is a bladder cancer cell, brain tumor cell, head and neck         squamous cell carcinoma cell, lung cancer cell, lung         adenocarcinoma cell, lung squamous cell carcinoma cell skin         melanoma cell, esophageal cancer cell, gastric cancer cell, or         liver cancer cell.

Effects of the Invention

Fusion polypeptides of the present invention comprising an FGFR3 polypeptide and another polypeptide are expressed specifically in various types of cancer cells including bladder cancer cells. The proliferation of cells expressing such fusion polypeptides is significantly inhibited by compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity. Thus, use of a fusion polypeptide of the present invention as a biomarker for FGFR inhibitor-based cancer therapy enables one to assess the applicability and mode of use of an FGFR inhibitor for individual patients, and enables one to avoid side effects and control the mode of treatment to produce the best therapeutic effect in the FGFR inhibitor-based therapy. This enables personalized medicine.

In addition, the use of fusion polypeptides of the present invention as a target in developing cancer therapeutic agents targeting FGFR, i.e., molecularly targeted drugs, makes it possible to provide FGFR inhibitors with high levels of specificity and antitumor activity against target cancer cells as well as cancer therapeutic agents comprising the inhibitors.

FGFR inhibitors obtained as described above have high specificity towards target cancer cells, and it becomes possible to provide cancer therapeutic agents with great antitumor activity and few side effects.

Furthermore, fusion polypeptides of the present invention have a close correlation to various types of cancers, and thus the likelihood of developing cancer (cancer susceptibility) of a subject, whether a subject is affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed in a subject can be tested by determining whether samples from the subject, which is not limited to cancer patients but also includes healthy persons, contain the fusion polypeptide of the present invention or a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide.

In addition, fusion polypeptides of the present invention have a close correlation to various types of cancers. Thus, by identifying a test compound that suppresses proliferation of cells (such as cancer cells) which express the fusion polypeptides of the present invention, it becomes possible to provide FGFR inhibitors with high FGFR specificity, and this can be done by comparing the level of cell proliferation between in the presence and absence of the test compound.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is a photograph showing results on amplification of a polynucleotide v1 encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide, as tested by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using cDNAs derived from bladder cancer samples collected from bladder cancer patients (20 patients) and cDNAs synthesized from RT112/84 RNA.

FIG. 2 is a photograph showing results on amplification of a polynucleotide v2 encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide, as tested by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using cDNAs derived from bladder cancer samples collected from bladder cancer patients (20 patients) and cDNAs synthesized from RT4 RNA.

FIG. 3 is a photograph showing results on amplification of a polynucleotide encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 polypeptide, as tested by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using cDNAs derived from bladder cancer samples collected from bladder cancer patients (20 patients) and cDNAs synthesized from SW780 RNA.

FIG. 4 is a photograph showing results on amplification of a polynucleotide encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 polypeptide, as tested by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using cDNAs derived from lung cancer samples collected from lung cancer patients (40 patients) and cDNA synthesized from SW780 RNA.

View A shows a result of the test using a pair of oligonucleotide primers (SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4).

The leftmost lanes on the top and bottom gels show the results for molecular-weight markers.

View B shows a result of the test using a pair of oligonucleotide primers (SEQ ID NOs: 17 and 18).

The leftmost lanes on the top and bottom gels show the results for molecular-weight markers.

FIG. 5 is a photograph showing results of detecting a polynucleotide encoding a FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 polypeptide in various types of bladder cancer cell lines tested by FISH analysis.

View A1 shows a test result of the RT112/84 cell line using a split-signal probe.

View A2 shows a test result of the SW780 cell line using a split-signal probe.

View B1 shows a test result of the RT112/84 cell line using a fusion-signal probe.

View B2 shows a test result of the SW780 cell line using a fusion-signal probe.

FIG. 6 shows results of testing the presence or absence of FGFR3 dependency in the proliferation of various bladder cancer cell lines using siRNA against FGFR3 or BAIAP2L1.

View A shows a result of the test using the BFTC-905 cell line.

View B shows a result of the test using the UM-UC-14 cell line.

View C shows a result of the test using the RT4 cell line.

View D shows a result of the test using the SW780 cell line.

FIG. 7 shows results of testing the effect of FGFR inhibitors in inducing apoptosis in various cancer cells expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide.

FIG. 8 shows results of examining the ability of the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide to transform normal cells by testing the cells in monolayer culture.

The upper figure shows a result of wild-type FGFR3-expressing cells in monolayer culture.

The lower figure shows a result of FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide-expressing cells in monolayer culture.

FIG. 9 shows results of examining the transforming ability and tumorigenic ability of the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide in normal cells by testing the cells in spheroid culture.

The upper row photographs show results of culturing the untreated parent cells.

The middle row photographs show results of culturing the wild-type FGFR3-expressing cells.

The lower row photographs show results of culturing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide-expressing cells.

FIG. 10 presents photographs showing results of examining the ability of the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide to transform normal cells and the contribution of BAIAP2L1 to the transforming ability, by performing tests using the autophosphorylation ability of FGFR3 as an indicator.

FIG. 11 shows a result of examining the ability of the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide to transform normal cells and the contribution of BAIAP2L1 to the transforming ability, by performing tests using scaffold-independent cell proliferation as an indicator.

FIG. 12 shows results of examining the in vivo tumorigenic ability of the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide by performing tests using nude mice.

In order from the left, the states 15 days after inoculating subcutaneously to the inguinal region of nude mice, wild-type FGFR3-expressing cells, wild-type BAIAP2L1-expressing cells, FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide-expressing cells, and cells expressing a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and a BAR-domain-deficient BAIAP2L1, respectively, are shown.

FIG. 13 shows a result of examining the tumor-growth-inhibiting effect of the FGFR inhibitor on the in vivo tumor formation by a FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide by using nude mice for tests.

MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION

The present invention is as illustrated in [1] to [62] described above, and provides novel fusion polypeptides expressed in abnormal cells such as cancer cells; polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides; vectors comprising the polynucleotides; cells comprising the vectors; antibodies and fragments thereof which specifically bind to the polypeptides; oligonucleotide primers that hybridize to the polynucleotides; oligonucleotides that cleave the polynucleotides; pharmaceutical compositions comprising the antibodies or oligonucleotides; methods and kits for detecting the polynucleotides or fusion polypeptides; methods for testing cancer susceptibility, whether a subject is affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed based on the presence or absence of the polynucleotides or fusion polypeptides; methods for selecting cancer patients to which an FGFR inhibitor is applicable; pharmaceutical compositions for cancer treatment which are characterized by their use of being administered to patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; methods for treating or preventing cancer which comprise the step of administering an effective amount of compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof to patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; use of compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof in the production of pharmaceutical compositions for cancer treatment for administration to patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; and compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof for use in treatment or prevention for patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides.

In the present invention, “FGFR” refers to any FGFR belonging to the FGFR family comprising FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, and FGFR4, which are fibroblast growth factor receptors (FGFRs) belonging to the receptor tyrosine kinase family (Cytokine & Growth Factor Reviews, 2005, 16: 139-149). FGFRs of the present invention may be of any origin, and are preferably FGFRs derived from mammals (humans, mice, rats, guinea pigs, rabbits, sheep, monkeys, goats, donkeys, bovines, horses, pigs, etc.), more preferably human FGFRs, and still more preferably human FGFR3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6 or 7 (cDNA sequences, SEQ ID NOs: 10 and 11, respectively/GenBank Accession Nos. NM_001163213.1 and NM_000142.4, respectively). The human FGFR3 gene locus is 4p16.3.

In the present invention, “human FGFR3” refers to a wild-type human FGFR3 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6 or 7, or a mutant polypeptide with a substitution, deletion, or insertion of one or more amino acids (preferably one to ten amino acids, and more preferably one to five amino acids) in the wild-type polypeptide.

The mutant polypeptide also includes polypeptides having 70% or higher homology, preferably 80% or higher homology, more preferably 90% or higher homology, and still more preferably 95% or higher homology to the amino acid sequence of the wild-type polypeptide.

In the present invention, “BAIAP2L1” refers to brain-specific angiogenesis inhibitor 1-associated protein 2-like protein 1 (BAIAP2L1; also referred to as “insulin receptor tyrosine kinase substrate” (IRTKS)) (Journal of Cell Science, 2007, 120: 1663-1672). BAIAP2L1 of the present invention may be of any origin, and is preferably a mammalian BAIAP2L1, more preferably a human BAIAP2L1, and still more preferably a human BAIAP2L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8 (cDNA sequence, SEQ ID NO: 12/GenBank Accession No. NM_018842.4). The human BAIAP2L1 gene locus is 722.1, and it is located on a chromosome different from the one that carries the FGFR3 gene.

In the present invention, “human BAIAP2L1” refers to a wild-type human BAIAP2L1 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8, or a mutant polypeptide with a substitution, deletion, or insertion of one or more amino acids (preferably one to ten amino acids, and more preferably one to five amino acids) in the wild-type polypeptide.

The mutant polypeptide also includes polypeptides having 70% or higher homology, preferably 80% or higher homology, more preferably 90% or higher homology, and still more preferably 95% or higher homology to the amino acid sequence of the wild-type polypeptide.

In the present invention, “TACC3” refers to transforming acidic coiled-coil protein 3 (TACC3) (Genomics. 1999 Jun. 1; 58(2): 165-70). TACC3 of the present invention may be of any origin, and is preferably a mammalian TACC3, more preferably a human TACC3, and still more preferably a human TACC3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9 (cDNA sequence, SEQ ID NO: 13/GenBank Accession No. NM_006342.2). The human TACC3 gene locus is 4p16.3, and it is located upstream of the FGFR3 gene on the same chromosome.

In the present invention, “human TACC3” refers to a wild-type human TACC3 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, or a mutant polypeptide with a substitution, deletion, or insertion of one or more amino acids (preferably one to ten amino acids, and more preferably one to five amino acids) in the wild-type polypeptide.

The mutant polypeptide also includes polypeptides having 70% or higher homology, preferably 80% or higher homology, more preferably 90% or higher homology, and still more preferably 95% or higher homology to the amino acid sequence of the wild-type polypeptide.

Amino acid sequence (or nucleotide sequence) identity can be determined using the BLAST algorithm by Karlin and Altschul (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1993) 90, 5873-7). Programs such as BLASTN and BLASTX were developed based on this algorithm (Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. (1990) 215, 403-10). To analyze nucleotide sequences according to BLASTN based on BLAST, the parameters are set to, for example, score=100 and wordlength=12. On the other hand, parameters used for the analysis of amino acid sequences by BLASTX based on BLAST include, for example, score=50 and wordlength=3. Default parameters for each program are used when using the BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs. Specific techniques for such analyses are known in the art (one can refer to the information on the website of the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST)).

In the present invention, “fusion polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide in which the whole or a part of the wild-type or mutant FGFR3 polypeptide described above is fused to the whole or a part of the wild-type or mutant TACC3 polypeptide described above, or a polypeptide in which the whole or a part of the wild-type or mutant FGFR3 polypeptide described above is fused to the whole or a part of the wild-type or mutant BAIA2P2L1 described above.

Furthermore, the fusion polypeptides of the present invention include fusion polypeptides in which the fusion site formed between the whole or a part of each of the two types of polypeptides comprises an amino acid sequence encoded by a portion of the intron sequence in the genomic DNA (including exons and introns) encoding the wild-type FGFR3 polypeptide or a mutant FGFR3 polypeptide.

Examples of such fusion polypeptides include polypeptides comprising the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 30 and 36. The amino acid sequence of positions 761 to 793 and the amino acid sequence of positions 759 to 791 are encoded by portions of the intron sequence of the FGFR3 gene, respectively (the nucleotide sequence of positions 2,281 to 2,379 in SEQ ID NO: 29, and the nucleotide sequence of positions 2,275 to 2,373 in SEQ ID NO: 35, respectively).

Herein, “apart of a polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide consisting of an arbitrary partial sequence from the full-length amino acid sequence of a wild-type or mutant polypeptide.

Examples of specific embodiments include a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28, a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32, a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34, a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36, and a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38.

As described above, the fusion polypeptides comprising the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 30 and 36 comprise in their fusion site an amino acid sequence encoded by a portion of the FGFR3 gene intron sequence.

Polynucleotides of the present invention include polynucleotides encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention described above, which include any polynucleotides that can encode a fusion polypeptide of the present invention. The polynucleotides include genomic DNAs and cDNAs. Genomic DNAs include exons and introns. Furthermore, the cDNAs may include nucleic acid sequences derived from a portion of an intron sequence that encodes amino acid sequence.

The polynucleotides also include degenerate polynucleotides constituted with any codons as long as the codons encode the same amino acids.

The polynucleotides of the present invention also include polynucleotides encoding fusion polypeptides derived from mammals. In a preferred embodiment, the polynucleotides of the present invention include polynucleotides encoding fusion polypeptides derived from humans.

In a specific embodiment, the polynucleotides of the present invention are polynucleotides encoding a fusion polypeptide in which the whole or a part of the wild-type FGFR3 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 6 or 7) or mutant FGFR3 polypeptide is fused to the whole or a part of the wild-type TACC3 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 9) or mutant TACC3 polypeptide described above or a fusion polypeptide in which the whole or a part of the wild-type or mutant FGFR3 polypeptide is fused to the whole or a part of the wild-type BAIA2P2L1 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 8) or mutant BAIA2P2L1 polypeptide described above.

Examples of more specific embodiments include a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence corresponding to the junction site of two polypeptides in the fusion polypeptide of SEQ ID NOs: 14, 15, or 16.

Examples of even more specific embodiments include a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27 which encodes the fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28, a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29 which encodes the fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30, a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31 which encodes the fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32, a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33 which encodes the fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34, a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35 which encodes the fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36, and a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37 which encodes the fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38.

As described above, the nucleotide sequence at positions 2,281 to 2,379 of SEQ ID NO: 29 is a nucleic acid sequence derived from an FGFR3 gene intron, and encodes the amino acid sequence of positions 761 to 793 in the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30.

Similarly, the nucleotide sequence at positions 2,275 to 2,373 of SEQ ID NO: 35 is a nucleic acid sequence derived from an FGFR3 gene intron, and encodes the amino acid sequence of positions 759 to 791 in the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36.

The polynucleotides of the present invention may be obtained by any methods. The polynucleotides of the present invention include, for example, all complementary DNAs (cDNAs) prepared from mRNAs, DNAs prepared from genomic DNA, DNAs obtained by chemical synthesis, DNAs obtained by PCR amplification using RNA or DNA as template, and DNAs constructed by appropriately combining these methods.

Polynucleotides encoding fusion polypeptides of the present invention can be obtained using routine methods by cloning cDNA from mRNA encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention or isolating genomic DNA and subjecting it to splicing treatment, or by chemical synthesis.

For example, in a method that clones cDNA from mRNA encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention, first, mRNA encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention is prepared from arbitrary tissues or cells expressing and producing the fusion polypeptide of the present invention according to routine methods. This may be achieved, for example, by preparing total RNA using a method such as the guanidine-thiocyanate method, hot phenol method, or AGPC method, and treating the total RNA with affinity chromatography using oligo(dT) cellulose, poly U-Sepharose, or the like.

Then, cDNA strand synthesis is carried out using the prepared mRNA as template by a known method that uses, for example, reverse transcriptase (Mol. Cell. Biol., Vol. 2, p. 161, 1982; Mol. Cell. Biol., Vol. 3, p. 280, 1983; Gene, Vol. 25, p. 263, 1983). The cDNA is converted to double-stranded cDNA, and inserted into a plasmid vector, phage vector, cosmid vector, or such. To prepare a cDNA library, the resulting vector is transformed into E. coli, or transfected into E. coli after in vitro packaging.

The present invention also relates to vectors (recombinant vectors) carrying the above-described polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention.

The vectors of the present invention are not particularly limited as long as they can replicate and maintain or self-propagate in various prokaryotic and/or eukaryotic cells as a host.

The vectors of the present invention include plasmid vectors and phage vectors.

Cloning vectors include, for example, pUC19, Xgt10, and Xgt11. When isolating host cells capable of expressing a fusion polypeptide of the present invention, preferably the vector is one that has a promoter which enables expression of the polynucleotide of the present invention.

Recombinant vectors of the present invention can be prepared using routine methods simply by ligating a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention to a recombinant vector available in the art (plasmid DNA and bacteriophage DNA).

Recombinant vectors for use in the present invention include, for example, E. coli-derived plasmids (pBR322, pBR325, pUC12, pUC13, pUC19, etc.), yeast-derived plasmids (pSH19, pSH15, etc.), and Bacillus subtilis-derived plasmids (pUB110, pTP5, pC194, etc.).

Examples of phages are bacteriophages such as X phage, and animal or insect viruses (pVL1393, Invitrogen) such as retrovirus, vaccinia virus, nuclear polyhedrosis virus, and lentivirus.

Expression vectors are useful for the purpose of producing a fusion polypeptide of the present invention by expressing a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of the present invention. Expression vectors are not particular limited as long as they have the function of producing fusion polypeptides of the present invention by expressing polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides in various prokaryotic and/or eukaryotic cells as a host.

Such expression vectors include, for example, pMAL C2, pEF-BOS (Nucleic Acid Research, Vol. 18, 1990, p. 5322) and pME18S (Jikken Igaku Bessatsu (Experimental Medicine: SUPPLEMENT), “Idenshi Kougaku Handbook (Handbook of Genetic Engineering)” (1992)).

Alternatively, fusion polypeptides of the present invention may be produced as fusion proteins with other proteins. For example, when preparing as a fusion protein with glutathione S-transferase (GST), cDNA encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention can be subcloned into, for example, plasmid pGEX4T1 (Pharmacia). E. coli DH5a is transformed with the resulting plasmid, and the transformants are cultured to prepare the fusion protein.

Alternatively, fusion polypeptides of the present invention may be produced as fusions with influenza hemagglutinin (HA), immunoglobulin constant region, s-galactosidase, maltose-binding protein (MBP), or such. Furthermore, fusion polypeptides of the present invention may be produced as fusions with known peptides, for example, FLAG (Hopp, T. P. et al., BioTechnology (1988) 6, 1204-1210), 6×His consisting of 6 histidine (His) residues, 10×His, influenza hemagglutinin (HA), fragments of human c-myc, fragments of VSV-GP, fragments of p18HIV, T7-tag, HSV-tag, E-tag, fragments of SV40T antigen, lck tag, fragments of α-tubulin, B-tag, fragments of Protein C, Stag, StrepTag, and HaloTag.

When using bacteria, in particular E coli, as a host cell, vectors of the present invention preferably contain at least a promoter-operator region, a start codon, a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention, a stop codon, a terminator region, and a replicon.

When yeast, animal cells, or insect cells are used as a host, expression vectors preferably contain a promoter, a start codon, a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention, and a stop codon.

The vectors may also contain DNA encoding a signal peptide, an enhancer sequence, 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions of the gene encoding a protein of the present invention, splice junctions, polyadenylation sites, a selection marker region, a replicon, and such.

Furthermore, if necessary, the vectors may contain marker genes (genes for gene amplification, drug resistance genes, etc.) that enable selection of transformed hosts or hosts with gene amplification.

Marker genes include, for example, the dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) gene, thymidine kinase gene, neomycin resistance gene, glutamate synthase gene, adenosine deaminase gene, ornithine decarboxylase gene, hygromycin-B-phosphotransferase gene, and aspartate transcarbamylase gene.

A promoter-operator region for expressing the fusion polypeptide of the present invention in bacteria comprises a promoter, an operator, and a Shine-Dalgarno (SD) sequence (for example, AAGG).

For example, when the host is the genus Escherichia, it comprises, for example, the Trp promoter, lac promoter, recA promoter, XPL promoter, lpp promoter, tac promoter, or such.

Examples of a promoter for expressing the fusion polypeptide of the present invention in yeast are the PH05 promoter, PGK promoter, GAP promoter, ADH promoter, and such.

When the host is Bacillus, examples are the SL01 promoter, SP02 promoter, penP promoter, and such.

When the host is a eukaryotic cell such as a mammalian cell, examples are an SV40-derived promoter, retrovirus promoter, heat shock promoter, and such; and SV40 and retrovirus are preferred. Nevertheless, the promoter is not limited to the above examples. In addition, use of an enhancer is effective for expression.

A preferable initiation codon is, for example, a methionine codon (ATG). A commonly used termination codon (for example, TAG, TAA, TGA) is exemplified as a termination codon. Commonly used natural or synthetic terminators are used as a terminator region.

A replicon refers to a DNA capable of replicating the whole DNA sequence in host cells, and includes a natural plasmid, an artificially modified plasmid (DNA fragment prepared from a natural plasmid), a synthetic plasmid, and such. Examples of preferable plasmids for E. coli are pBR322 or its artificial derivatives (DNA fragment obtained by treating pBR322 with appropriate restriction enzymes), for yeast are yeast 2μ plasmid or yeast chromosomal DNA, and pRSVneo ATCC 37198, and for mammalian cells are plasmid pSV2dhfr ATCC 37145, plasmid pdBPV-MMTneo ATCC 37224, plasmid pSV2neo ATCC 37149, and such.

An enhancer sequence, polyadenylation site, and splicing junction that are usually used in the art, such as those derived from SV40 can also be used.

The expression vector of the present invention can be prepared by continuously and circularly linking at least the above-mentioned promoter, initiation codon, polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of the present invention, termination codon, and terminator region, to an appropriate replicon. If desired, appropriate DNA fragments (for example, linkers, restriction sites, and such), can be used by a common method such as restriction enzyme digestion or ligation using T4 DNA ligase.

The present invention also relates to recombinant cells transformed with the above-mentioned vectors of the present invention, and recombinant cells of the present invention can be prepared by introducing the expression vector mentioned above into host cells.

Host cells used in the present invention are not particularly limited as long as they are compatible with an expression vector mentioned above and can be transformed. Examples thereof include various cells such as wild-type cells or artificially established recombinant cells commonly used in the technical field of the present invention (for example, bacteria (the genera Escherichia and Bacillus), yeast (the genus Saccharomyces, the genus Pichia, and such), animal cells, or insect cells).

E. coli or animal cells are preferred. Specific examples are E. coli (DH5α, TB1, HB101, and such), mouse-derived cells (COP, L, C127, Sp2/0, NS-1, NIH3T3, and such), rat-derived cells (PC12, PC12h), hamster-derived cells (BHK, CHO, and such), monkey-derived cells (COS1, COS3, COS7, CV1, Velo, and such), and human-derived cells (Hela, diploid fibroblast-derived cells, myeloma cells, and HepG2, and such).

An expression vector can be introduced (transformed (transfected)) into host cells according to routine methods.

[when the host is E. coli, Bacillus subtilis, or such]: Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 69, p. 2110 (1972); Mol. Gen. Genet., Vol. 168, p. 111 (1979); J. Mol. Biol., Vol. 56, p. 209 (1971); [when the host is Saccharomyces cerevisiae]: Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 75, p. 1927 (1978); J. Bacteriol., Vol. 153, p. 163 (1983); [when the host is an animal cell]: Virology, Vol. 52, p. 456 (1973); [when the host is an insect cell]: Mol. Cell. Biol., Vol. 3, pp. 2156-2165 (1983).

Fusion polypeptides of the present invention can be produced by culturing transformed recombinant cells (hereinafter, the term also refers to inclusion bodies) comprising an expression vector prepared as described above in nutritive media according to routine methods.

Fusion polypeptides of the present invention can be produced by culturing the above-described recombinant cells, in particular animal cells, and allowing them to secrete into culture supernatants.

The resulting culture is filtered or centrifuged to obtain a culture filtrate (supernatant). Fusion polypeptides of the present invention are purified and isolated from the culture filtrate by routine methods commonly used to purify and isolate natural or synthetic proteins. Examples of an isolation and purification method are methods that utilize solubility such as the salting out and solvent precipitation methods; methods that utilize difference in molecular weight such as dialysis, ultrafiltration, gel filtration, and sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; methods that utilize charge such as ion exchange chromatography and hydroxylapatite chromatography; method that utilize specific affinity such as affinity column chromatography; methods that utilize difference in hydrophobicity such as reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography; and methods that utilize difference in the isoelectric point such as isoelectric focusing.

Meanwhile, when a fusion polypeptide of the present invention is in the periplasm or cytoplasm of cultured recombinant cells (such as E. coli), the cells are collected by routine methods such as filtration and centrifugation of the culture, and then suspended in an appropriate buffer. After the cell wall and/or cell membrane of the cells are disrupted using methods such as sonication, lysozyme, and cryolysis, a membrane fraction containing the protein of the present invention is obtained using methods such as centrifugation and filtration. The membrane fraction is solubilized with a detergent such as Triton-X100 to obtain the crude solution. Then, the protein of the present invention can be isolated and purified from the crude solution using routine methods such as those exemplified above.

The present invention also relates to arbitrary oligonucleotides that hybridize to polynucleotides (cDNAs and genomic DNAs) encoding the above-described fusion polypeptides of the present invention.

Oligonucleotides of the present invention have nucleotide sequences that are complementary to arbitrary partial nucleotide sequences of the cDNAs and genomic DNAs, and which are useful as a pair of oligonucleotide primers consisting of sense and antisense primers in polymerase chain reaction (PCR). The whole nucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention or an arbitrary portion of the nucleotide sequence can be amplified by PCR using the pair of oligonucleotide primers.

Oligonucleotide primers of the present invention include oligonucleotides of any length that are complementary to the nucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide of the present invention. The oligonucleotide primers of the present invention preferably include those having a sequence of at least 12 consecutive nucleotides, more preferably 12 to 50 nucleotides, and still more preferably 12 to 20 nucleotides.

Oligonucleotides of the present invention are also useful as a probe when handling DNA or RNA hybridization. When used as a probe, the DNAs include a partial nucleotide sequence of 20 or more consecutive nucleotides, preferably a partial nucleotide sequence of 50 or more consecutive nucleotides, more preferably a partial nucleotide sequence of 100 or more consecutive nucleotides, even more preferably a partial nucleotide sequence of 200 or more consecutive nucleotides, and still more preferably a partial nucleotide sequence of 300 or more consecutive nucleotides, which hybridize to a polynucleotide of the present invention.

The present invention also relates to oligonucleotides that bind to mRNA polynucleotides encoding fusion polypeptides of the present invention and have an activity of inhibiting translation of the mRNAs into proteins. It is particularly preferable that the oligonucleotides include siRNAs that cleave the mRNAs by binding to the mRNA polynucleotides encoding fusion polypeptides of the present invention.

The oligonucleotides refer to those which bind to mRNAs encoding fusion polypeptides of the present invention and thereby inhibit their expression and include, for example, antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, and short interfering RNAs (siRNA). They bind to the mRNAs and then inhibit their translation into proteins.

An antisense oligonucleotide refers to an oligonucleotide that specifically hybridizes to genomic DNA and/or mRNA, and inhibits their protein expression by inhibiting the transcription and/or translation.

The binding to a target polynucleotide (mRNA, etc.) may be a result of common base pair complementarity. Alternatively, when an antisense oligonucleotide binds to, for example, a DNA duplex, the binding may be a result of specific interaction at the major grooves in double helix. Target sites for an antisense oligonucleotide include the 5′ end of an mRNA, for example, 5′ untranslated sequences up to or including the AUG start codon, and 3′ untranslated sequences of an mRNA, as well as coding region sequences.

When using as an antisense oligonucleotide of the present invention, antisense oligonucleotides include partial nucleotide sequences of 5 to 100 consecutive nucleotides, preferably partial nucleotide sequences of 5 to 70 consecutive nucleotides, more preferably partial nucleotide sequences of 5 to 50 consecutive nucleotides, and still more preferably partial nucleotide sequences of 5 to 30 consecutive nucleotides.

Furthermore, antisense oligonucleotides of the present invention can be partially modified by chemical modification to prolong their half-life in blood (to stabilize them) or increase their intracellular membrane permeability when administered to patients, or to enhance their resistance to degradation or absorption in the digestive organs in oral administration. Such chemical modification includes, for example, chemical modification of a phosphate bond, ribose, nucleobase, sugar moiety in oligonucleotides, and 3′ and/or 5′ ends of oligonucleotides.

The modification of phosphate bonds includes, for example, conversion of one or more of the bonds to phosphodiester bonds (D-oligo), phosphorothioate bonds, phosphorodithioate bonds (S-oligo), methyl phosphonate (MP-oligo), phosphoroamidate bonds, non-phosphate bonds and methyl phosphonothioate bonds, and combinations thereof. The modification of ribose includes, for example, conversion to 2′-fluororibose or 2′-O-methylribose. The modification of nucleotide base includes, for example, conversion to 5-propynyluracil or 2-aminoadenine.

Ribozyme refers to oligonucleotides having a catalytic activity of cleaving mRNA. In general, ribozymes have endonuclease, ligase, or polymerase activity. Ribozymes include various types of trans-acting ribozymes, for example, hammerhead ribozymes and hairpin ribozymes.

siRNA refers to double-stranded oligonucleotides capable of carrying out RNA interference (for example, Bass, 2001, Nature, 411, 428-429; Elbashir et al., 2001, Nature, 411, 494-498).

siRNA cleaves mRNA in a sequence-specific manner, and as a result inhibits translation of the mRNA into protein. siRNA includes double-stranded RNAs that are 20 to 25 base pairs long and comprise a sequence complementary to the target polynucleotide sequence. siRNAs of the present invention also include oligonucleotides comprising chemically modified nucleotides and non-nucleotides.

The present invention also relates to antibodies which bind to the above-described fusion polypeptide of the present invention, and antigen-binding fragments thereof.

Antibodies of the present invention are not limited by their origin, form, function, etc. Antibodies of the present invention may be any antibodies, monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies. However, preferred antibodies of the present invention are monoclonal antibodies. Antibodies of the present invention may be those derived from any animal, such as human antibodies, mouse antibodies, and rat antibodies. Antibodies of the present invention may also be recombinant antibodies such as chimeric antibodies and humanized antibodies. Preferred antibodies of the present invention include chimeric antibodies, human antibodies, and humanized antibodies.

The humanized antibodies of the present invention can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art. The variable region of an antibody is typically composed of three complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) sandwiched by four frames (FRs). The CDRs practically determine the binding specificity of an antibody. The amino acid sequences of CDRs are highly diverse. On the other hand, amino acid sequences that constitute FRs often exhibit high homology among antibodies having different binding specificities. Therefore, it is said that in general the binding specificity of an antibody can be transplanted to a different antibody by grafting the CDRs.

Humanized antibodies are also referred to as reshaped human antibodies, and they are prepared by transferring the CDRs of an antibody derived from a non-human mammal such as a mouse, to the complementarity determining regions of a human antibody. General genetic recombination techniques for their preparation are also known (see European Patent Application Publication No. 125023 and WO 96/02576).

Specifically, for example, when the CDRs are derived from a mouse antibody, a DNA sequence is designed such that the CDRs of the mouse antibody are linked with the framework regions (FRs) of a human antibody, and it is synthesized by PCR using, as primers, several oligonucleotides that have portions overlapping the ends of both CDRs and FRs (see the method described in WO 98/13388). The resulting DNA is then ligated to a DNA encoding a human antibody constant region, inserted into an expression vector, and introduced into a host to produce the antibody (see European Patent Application Publication No. EP 239400 and International Patent Application Publication No. WO 96/02576).

Human antibody framework regions to be linked with CDRs are selected so that the complementarity determining regions form a favorable antigen-binding site. If needed, amino acids of the framework region in an antibody variable region may be substituted, deleted, added, and/or inserted so that the complementarity determining regions of the reshaped human antibody form a proper antigen-binding site. For example, mutations can be introduced into the amino acid sequence of the FR by applying the PCR method used to graft mouse CDRs to human FRs. Specifically, mutations can be introduced into a portion of the nucleotide sequences of primers that anneal to the FRs. The mutations are introduced into FRs synthesized using such primers. Mutant FR sequences having desired properties can be selected by assessing and determining the antigen-binding activity of amino acid-substituted mutant antibodies by the method described above and (Sato, K. et al., Cancer Res. (1993) 53, 851-856).

In general, constant regions from human antibodies are used for those of humanized antibodies.

There are no particular limitations to the human antibody constant regions to be used in the present invention; and for example, when using a heavy-chain constant region, it may be a human IgG1 constant region, human IgG2 constant region, human IgG3 constant region, human IgG4 constant region, or human IgM, IgA, IgE, or IgD constant region. Alternatively, when using a light-chain constant region, it may be a human κ chain constant region or human λ chain constant region. Furthermore, constant regions derived from a human antibody may have a naturally-occurring sequence or may be a constant region having a sequence with modification (substitution, deletion, addition, and/or insertion) of one or more amino acids in the naturally-occurring sequence.

Moreover, after a humanized antibody is prepared, amino acids in the variable region (for example, CDR and FR) and constant region of the humanized antibody may be deleted, added, inserted, and/or substituted with other amino acids. The humanized antibodies of the present invention also include such humanized antibodies with amino acid substitutions and such.

The origin of the CDRs of a humanized antibody is not particularly limited, and may be any animal. For example, it is possible to use sequences of mouse antibodies, rat antibodies, rabbit antibodies, camel antibodies, and such. CDR sequences of mouse antibodies are preferred.

When administered to humans for therapeutic purposes, humanized antibodies are useful because their immunogenicity in the human body is reduced.

Chimeric antibodies comprise, for example, heavy and light chain constant regions of a human antibody, and heavy and light chain variable regions of an antibody of a non-human mammal, such as mouse. Chimeric antibodies can be prepared using known methods. For example, antibodies can be produced by cloning an antibody gene from hybridomas, inserting it into an appropriate vector, and introducing the construct into hosts (see, for example, Carl, A. K. Borrebaeck, James, W. Larrick, THERAPEUTIC MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES, Published in the United Kingdom by MACMILLAN PUBLISHERS LTD, 1990). Specifically, cDNAs of the antibody variable regions (V regions) are synthesized from the hybridoma mRNAs using reverse transcriptase. Once DNAs encoding the V regions of an antibody of interest are obtained, they are linked with DNAs encoding the constant regions (C regions) of a desired human antibody. The resulting constructs are inserted into expression vectors. Alternatively, DNAs encoding the antibody V regions may be inserted into an expression vector comprising DNAs encoding the C regions of a human antibody. The DNAs are inserted into an expression vector so that they are expressed under the regulation of expression regulatory regions, for example, enhancers and promoters. In the next step, host cells can be transformed with the expression vector to allow expression of chimeric antibodies.

Human antibodies can be obtained using methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, desired human antibodies with antigen-binding activity can be obtained by sensitizing human lymphocytes with an antigen of interest or cells expressing an antigen of interest in vitro; and fusing the sensitized lymphocytes with human myeloma cells such as U266 (see Japanese Patent Application Kokoku Publication No. (JP-B) HO1-59878 (examined, approved Japanese patent application published for opposition)). Alternatively, the desired human antibody can also be obtained by immunizing a transgenic animal having an entire repertoire of human antibody genes with a desired antigen (see International Patent Application Publication Nos. WO 93/12227, WO 92/03918, WO 94/02602, WO 94/25585, WO 96/34096, and WO 96/33735).

Alternatively, B cells expressing antibodies that have antigen-binding activity are isolated from a pool of human lymphocytes by flow cytometry, cell array, or such. The antibody genes from selected B cells can be analyzed, and DNA sequences of the human antibodies that bind to the antigen can be determined (Jin, A. et al., Nature Medicine (2009) 15, 1088-92; Scheid, J. F. et al., Nature (2009) 458, 636-640; Wrammert, J. et al., Nature (2008) 453, 667-672; Tiller, T. et al., Journal of Immunological Methods (2008) 329, 112-124). When DNA sequences of the antigen-binding antibodies are revealed, human antibodies can be prepared by constructing appropriate expression vectors carrying the sequences. Such methods are known, and WO 92/01047, WO 92/20791, WO 93/06213, WO 93/11236, WO 93/19172, WO 95/01438, and WO 95/15388 can be used as references.

Furthermore, techniques for obtaining human antibodies by panning with a human antibody phage library are known. For example, the variable region of a human antibody is expressed as a single chain antibody (scFv) on the phage surface using a phage display method, and phages that bind to the antigen can be selected. By analyzing the genes of selected phages, DNA sequences encoding the variable regions of human antibodies that bind to the antigen can be determined. If the DNA sequences of scFvs that bind to the antigen are identified, appropriate expression vectors comprising these sequences can be constructed to obtain human antibodies. Such methods are well known. Reference can be made to WO 92/01047, WO 92/20791, WO 93/06213, WO 93/11236, WO 93/19172, WO 95/01438, WO 95/15388, and such.

The antibodies of the present invention include not only divalent antibodies as represented by IgG, but also monovalent antibodies, multivalent antibodies as represented by IgM. In addition, the antibodies of the present invention also include bispecific antibodies capable of binding to different antigens.

Antibodies of the present invention include not only whole antibody molecules but also any antigen-binding fragments such as low-molecular-weight antibodies.

Antibodies of the present invention also include modified antibodies that are linked to cytotoxic substances. Antibodies of the present invention also include those with altered sugar chains.

Low-molecular-weight antibodies (minibodies) included in antigen-binding fragments of the present invention are antibodies comprising an antibody fragment that lacks part of a whole antibody (for example, whole IgG, etc.). The minibodies are not particularly limited, as long as they have the activity to bind to a fusion polypeptide of the present invention.

Minibodies of the present invention are not particularly limited, as long as they comprise a portion of a whole antibody. It is however preferable that the minibodies comprise an antigen-binding domain. In general, the antigen-binding domain is antibody CDR, and is preferably six CDRs of an antibody. Thus, the preferred antigen-binding domains include, for example, six CDRs of an antibody and antibody variable regions (heavy chain and/or light chain variable regions).

The minibodies of the present invention preferably have a smaller molecular weight than whole antibodies. However, the minibodies may form multimers, for example, dimers, trimers, or tetramers, and thus their molecular weights can be greater than those of whole antibodies.

Other specific examples of the antigen-binding molecule fragments include, for example, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)₂, and Fv. Meanwhile, specific examples of low-molecular-weight antibodies include, for example, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, Fv, scFv (single chain Fv), diabodies, and sc(Fv)2 (single chain (Fv)2). Multimers (for example, dimers, trimers, tetramers, and polymers) of these antibodies are also included in the low-molecular-weight antibodies of the present invention.

Antigen-binding fragments can be obtained, for example, by treating antibodies with enzymes to produce antibody fragments. Enzymes known to generate antibody fragments include, for example, papain, pepsin, and plasmin. Alternatively, a gene encoding such an antibody fragment can be constructed, introduced into an expression vector, and expressed in appropriate host cells (see, for example, Co, M. S. et al., J. Immunol. (1994) 152, 2968-2976; Better, M. & Horwitz, A. H. Methods in Enzymology (1989) 178, 476-496; Plueckthun, A. & Skerra, A. Methods in Enzymology (1989) 178, 476-496; Lamoyi, E., Methods in Enzymology (1989) 121, 652-663; Rousseaux, J. et al., Methods in Enzymology (1989) 121, 663-669; Bird, R. E. et al., TIBTECH (1991) 9, 132-137).

Digestive enzymes cleave at a specific site in an antibody fragment, yielding antibody fragments of specific structures shown below. Genetic engineering techniques can be applied to such enzymatically-obtained antibody fragments to delete an arbitrary portion of the antibody.

Antibody fragments obtained by using the above-described digestive enzymes are as follows:

Papain digestion: F(ab)2 or Fab Pepsin digestion: F(ab′)2 or Fab′ Plasmin digestion: Facb

The minibodies of the present invention include antibody fragments lacking an arbitrary region, as long as they have the activity to bind to a fusion polypeptide of the present invention.

“Diabody” refers to a bivalent antibody fragment constructed by gene fusion (Holliger P et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448 (1993); EP 404,097; WO 93/11161, etc.). Diabodies are dimers composed of two polypeptide chains. In each of the polypeptide chains forming a dimer, a VL and a VH are usually linked by a linker in the same chain. In general, the linker in a diabody is short enough such that the VL and VH cannot bind to each other. Specifically, the number of amino acid residues constituting the linker is, for example, about five residues. Thus, the VL and VH encoded on the same polypeptide cannot form a single-chain variable region fragment, and will form a dimer with another single-chain variable region fragment. As a result, the diabody has two antigen binding sites.

scFv antibodies are single-chain polypeptides produced by linking a heavy chain variable region ([VH]) to a light chain variable region ([VL]) via a linker or such (Huston, J. S. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. (1988) 85, 5879-5883; Plickthun “The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies” Vol. 113, eds., Resenburg and Moore, Springer Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315, (1994)). The H-chain V region and L-chain V region of scFv may be derived from any antibody described herein. The peptide linker for linking the V regions is not particularly limited. For example, an arbitrary single-chain peptide containing about three to 25 residues can be used as a linker. Specifically, it is possible to use the peptide linkers or such described below.

The V regions of both chains can be linked, for example, by PCR as described above. To link the V regions by PCR, first, a DNA from the DNAs below that encodes a complete or desired partial amino acid sequence is used as a template:

DNA sequence encoding an H chain or H-chain V region of an antibody, and DNA sequence encoding an L chain or L-chain V region of an antibody.

DNAs encoding the H-chain and L-chain V regions are amplified by PCR using a pair of primers having sequences corresponding to sequences at both ends of the DNA to be amplified. Then, a DNA encoding the peptide linker portion is prepared. The peptide linker-encoding DNA can also be synthesized by PCR. Here, nucleotide sequences that can be ligated to the amplification products of V regions synthesized separately are added to the 5′ end of the primers to be used. Then, PCR is carried out using each DNA of the [H chain V region DNA]-[peptide linker DNA]-[L chain V region DNA], and assembly PCR primers.

The assembly PCR primers are composed of a combination of a primer that anneals to the 5′ end of the [H chain V region DNA] and a primer that anneals to the 3′ end of the [L chain V region DNA]. In other words, the assembly PCR primers are a set of primers that can be used to amplify DNA encoding the full-length sequence of an scFv to be synthesized. Meanwhile, nucleotide sequences that can be ligated to the V-region DNAs have been added to the [peptide linker DNA]. Thus, these DNAs are linked together, and then the whole scFv is ultimately generated as an amplification product by the assembly PCR primers. Once the scFv-encoding DNAs are generated, expression vectors carrying these DNAs and recombinant cells transformed with these expression vectors can be obtained by conventional methods. Furthermore, the scFv can be obtained by culturing the resulting recombinant cells to express the scFv-encoding DNAs.

The order of the heavy chain and light chain variable regions to be linked together is not particularly limited, and they may be arranged in any order. Examples of the arrangement are listed below.

[VH] linker [VL] [VL] linker [VH]

sc(Fv)2 is a single-chain low-molecular-weight antibody produced by linking two VHs and two VLs using linkers and such (Hudson et al., J Immunol. Methods 1999; 231: 177-189).

For example, sc(Fv)2 can be produced by linking scFvs via a linker.

Antibodies in which two VHs and two VLs are arranged in the order of VH, VL, VH, and VL ([VH] linker [VL] linker [VH] linker [VL]) from the N terminus of the single-chain polypeptide are preferred. However, the order of the two VHs and two VLs is not limited to the above arrangement, and they may be arranged in any order. Examples of the arrangement are listed below:

[VL] linker [VH] linker [VH] linker [VL] [VH] linker [VL] linker [VL] linker [VH] [VH] linker [VH] linker [VL] linker [VL] [VL] linker [VL] linker [VH] linker [VH] [VL] linker [VH] linker [VL] linker [VH]

The amino acid sequence of the heavy chain variable region or light chain variable region in a low-molecular-weight antibody may contain a substitution, deletion, addition, and/or insertion. Furthermore, the heavy chain variable region and light chain variable region may also lack some portions or be added with other polypeptides, as long as they have antigen binding ability when linked together. Alternatively, the variable regions may be chimerized or humanized.

In the present invention, linkers which bind the variable regions of the antibody include arbitrary peptide linkers that can be introduced using genetic engineering, or synthetic linkers such as those disclosed in Protein Engineering, 9(3), 299-305, 1996.

The preferred linkers in the present invention are peptide linkers. The length of the peptide linkers is not particularly limited, and those skilled in the art can appropriately select the length depending on the purpose. A typical length is one to 100 amino acids, preferably 3 to 50 amino acids, more preferably 5 to 30 amino acids, and particularly preferably 12 to 18 amino acids (for example, 15 amino acids).

Amino acid sequences of such peptide linkers include, for example:

Ser; Gly•Ser; Gly•Gly•Ser; Ser•Gly•Gly; (SEQ ID NO: 19) Gly•Gly•Gly•Ser; (SEQ ID NO: 20) Ser•Gly•Gly•Gly; (SEQ ID NO: 21) Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Ser; (SEQ ID NO: 22) Ser•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly; (SEQ ID NO: 23) Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Ser; (SEQ ID NO: 24) Ser•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly; (SEQ ID NO: 25) Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Ser; (SEQ ID NO: 26) Ser•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly; (Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly•Ser (SEQ ID NO: 21))n;  and (Ser•Gly•Gly•Gly•Gly (SEQ ID NO: 22))n, where n is an integer of 1 or larger.

The amino acid sequence of a peptide linker can be appropriately selected by those skilled in the art according to the purpose. For example, the above-mentioned “n”, which determines the length of the peptide linker, is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.

Synthetic linkers (chemical crosslinking agents) include crosslinking agents that are routinely used to crosslink peptides, for example, N-hydroxy succinimide (NHS), disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS), bis(sulfosuccinimidyl) suberate (BS3), dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate) (DSP), dithiobis(sulfosuccinimidyl propionate) (DTSSP), ethylene glycol bis(succinimidyl succinate) (EGS), ethylene glycol bis(sulfosuccinimidyl succinate) (sulfo-EGS), disuccinimidyl tartrate (DST), disulfosuccinimidyl tartrate (sulfo-DST), bis[2-(succinimidoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl]sulfone (BSOCOES), and bis[2-(sulfosuccinimidoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl] sulfone (sulfo-BSOCOES). These crosslinking agents are commercially available.

When four antibody variable regions are linked, three linkers are usually required. Such multiple linkers may be the same or different.

The antibodies of the present invention include antibodies in which one or more amino acid residues have been added to the amino acid sequence of an antibody of the present invention. Further, fusion proteins which result from a fusion between one of the above antibodies and a second peptide or protein is included in the present invention. The fusion proteins can be prepared by ligating a polynucleotide encoding an antibody of the present invention with a polynucleotide encoding a second peptide or polypeptide in frame, inserting this into an expression vector, and expressing the fusion construct in a host. Some techniques known to those skilled in the art are available for this purpose. The partner peptide or polypeptide to be fused with an antibody of the present invention may be a known peptide, for example, FLAG (Hopp, T. P. et al., BioTechnology 6, 1204-1210 (1988)), 6×His consisting of six His (histidine) residues, 10×His, influenza hemagglutinin (HA), human c-myc fragment, VSV-GP fragment, p18HIV fragment, T7-tag, HSV-tag, E-tag, SV40 T antigen fragment, lck tag, α-tubulin fragment, B-tag, Protein C fragment, Stag, StrepTag, HaloTag. Other partner polypeptides to be fused with the antibodies of the present invention include, for example, GST (glutathione-S-transferase), HA (influenza hemagglutinin), immunoglobulin constant region, β-galactosidase, and MBP (maltose-binding protein). A polynucleotide encoding one of these commercially available peptides or polypeptides can be fused with a polynucleotide encoding an antibody of the present invention. The fusion polypeptide can be prepared by expressing the fusion construct.

Furthermore, the antibodies of the present invention may be conjugated antibodies which are linked to any of various molecules including polymeric substances such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) and hyaluronic acid, radioactive substances, fluorescent substances, luminescent substances, enzymes, and toxins. Such conjugated antibodies can be obtained by chemically modifying the obtained antibodies. Methods for modifying antibodies have been established in this field (for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,057,313 and 5,156,840). The “antibodies” of the present invention also include such conjugated antibodies.

Furthermore, the antibodies used in the present invention may be bispecific antibodies. The bispecific antibody refers to an antibody that has variable regions recognizing different epitopes in the same antibody molecule. In the present invention, the bispecific antibodies may recognize different epitopes on the fusion polypeptide molecule of the present invention, or recognize the fusion polypeptide of the present invention with one antigen-binding site and a different substance with the other antigen-binding site.

Methods for producing bispecific antibodies are known. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared, for example, by linking two antibodies that recognize different antigens. Antibodies to be linked together may be half molecules each of which contains an H chain and an L chain, or quarter molecules that consist of only one H chain. Alternatively, hybridomas producing different monoclonal antibodies can be fused to produce a bispecific antibody-producing fused cell. Furthermore, bispecific antibodies can be produced by genetic engineering techniques.

The antibodies of the present invention may differ in amino acid sequence, molecular weight, isoelectric point, presence/absence of sugar chains, and conformation depending on the cell or host producing the antibody or the purification method as described below. However, a resulting antibody is included in the present invention, as long as it is functionally equivalent to an antibody of the present invention. For example, when an antibody of the present invention is expressed in prokaryotic cells, for example E. coli, a methionine residue is added to the N terminus of the original antibody amino acid sequence. Such antibodies are included in the present invention.

Antibodies of the present invention may be antibodies with altered sugar chains. Methods for modifying antibody sugar chains are known to those skilled in the art, and include, for example, methods for improving ADCC by modifying antibody glycosylation, methods for adjusting ADCC by the presence or absence of fucose in antibody sugar chains, methods for preparing antibodies having sugar chains that do not contain α-1,6 core fucose by producing antibodies in YB2/0 cells, and methods for adding sugar chains having bisecting GlcNAc (WO 99/54342; WO 00/61739; WO 02/31140; WO 02/79255, etc.).

Antibodies of the present invention can be produced by known methods using as an immunogen a fusion polypeptide of the present invention (derived from mammals such as humans and mice) or a fragment thereof. Specifically, non-human mammals are immunized by a known immunization method, using as a sensitizing antigen a desired antigen or cells expressing a desired antigen. Immune cells prepared from the immunized animals are fused with known parental cells by a general cell fusion method. The resulting monoclonal antibody-producing cells (hybridomas) are sorted by general screening methods, and monoclonal antibodies are prepared by culturing the cells.

Non-human mammals to be immunized include, for example, animals such as mice, rats, rabbits, sheep, monkeys, goats, donkeys, cows, horses, and pigs. The antigen can be prepared using a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of the present invention according to known methods, for example, by methods using baculovirus (for example, WO 98/46777) or such.

Hybridomas can be prepared, for example, according to the method of Milstein et al. (Kohler, G. and Milstein, C., Methods Enzymol. (1981) 73: 3-46) or such. When the immunogenicity of an antigen is low, immunization may be performed after linking the antigen with a macromolecule having immunogenicity, such as albumin.

In an embodiment, antibodies that bind to the fusion polypeptides of the present invention include monoclonal antibodies that bind to the fusion polypeptides of the present invention. Immunogens for preparing monoclonal antibodies having binding activity to a fusion polypeptide of the present invention are not particularly limited, as long as antibodies having binding activity to the fusion polypeptide of the present invention can be prepared. It is possible to use as an immunogen, for example, a wild-type fusion polypeptide or a fragment peptide thereof, or a polypeptide obtained by adding an artificial mutation into a wild-type fusion polypeptide.

Meanwhile, the activity of an antibody to bind to a fusion polypeptide of the present invention can be assayed by methods known to those skilled in the art.

Meanwhile, monoclonal antibodies can also be obtained by DNA immunization. DNA immunization is a method in which a vector DNA constructed such that an antigen protein-encoding gene can be expressed in an animal to be immunized is administered to the animal, and the immunogen is expressed within the body of the animal to provide immunostimulation. As compared to common immunization methods based on the administration of protein antigens, DNA immunization is expected to be advantageous in that:

-   -   it enables immunostimulation while retaining the structure of a         membrane protein; and     -   the immunogen does not need to be purified.

In order to obtain monoclonal antibodies by DNA immunization, first, a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention is administered to an animal to be immunized. The polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention can be synthesized according to an above-described method by known techniques such as PCR. The resulting DNA (polynucleotide) is inserted into an appropriate expression vector and then administered to an animal to be immunized. The expression vector includes any vectors described above (for example, commercially available expression vectors such as pcDNA3.1). Vectors can be administered to a living body by commonly used methods. For example, DNA immunization can be performed, for example, by using a gene gun to inject gold particles immobilized with an expression vector into cells. A preferred method for obtaining monoclonal antibodies is to perform booster immunization with cells expressing the fusion polypeptide of the present invention after DNA immunization.

Once the mammal is immunized as described above and the serum level of a desired antibody is confirmed to be increased, immune cells are collected from the mammal and subjected to cell fusion. Preferred immune cells are spleen cells in particular.

Mammalian myeloma cells are used for fusion with the above immune cells. It is preferred that myeloma cells have appropriate selection markers for screening. The selection marker refers to a phenotype that allows (or does not allow) survival under particular culture conditions. Known selection markers include hypoxanthine-guanine-phosphoribosyltransferase deficiency (hereinafter abbreviated as “HGPRT deficiency”) and thymidine kinase deficiency (hereinafter abbreviated as “TK deficiency”). HGPRT- or TK-deficient cells exhibit hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine sensitivity (hereinafter abbreviated as “HAT sensitivity”). In HAT selection medium, HAT-sensitive cells cannot synthesize DNA and thus will die. However, when fused with normal cells, they can continue to synthesize DNA via the salvage pathway of the normal cells and thus can grow even in HAT selection medium. HGPRT- or TK-deficient cells can be selected using a medium containing 6-thioguanine, 8-azaguanine (hereinafter abbreviated as “8AG”), or 5′-bromodeoxyuridine. While normal cells are killed due to incorporation of these pyrimidine analogs into DNA, cells lacking these enzymes can survive in the selection medium because they cannot incorporate these pyrimidine analogs. Another selection marker called G418 resistance confers resistance to 2-deoxystreptamine antibiotics (gentamicin analogs) due to the neomycin resistance gene. Various myeloma cells suitable for cell fusion are known.

Cell fusion between immune cells and myeloma cells can be essentially carried out according to known methods, for example, the method by Kohler and Milstein et al. (Kohler. G. and Milstein, C., Methods Enzymol. (1981) 73, 3-46).

More specifically, cell fusion can be carried out, for example, in a common culture medium in the presence of a cell fusion-promoting agent. The fusion-promoting agent includes, for example, polyethylene glycol (PEG) and Sendai virus (HVJ). If required, an auxiliary agent such as dimethyl sulfoxide may also be added to improve fusion efficiency.

The immune cells and myeloma cells may be used at an arbitrarily determined ratio. For example, the ratio of immune cells to myeloma cells is preferably from 1 to 10. Culture media to be used for cell fusion include, for example, media that are suitable for the cell growth of myeloma cell line, such as RPMI1640 and MEM, and other common culture media used for this type of cell culture. In addition, the culture media may also be supplemented with serum supplement such as fetal calf serum (FCS).

Predetermined amounts of immune cells and myeloma cells are mixed well in the culture medium, and then mixed with a PEG solution pre-heated to about 37° C. to produce fused cells (hybridomas). In the cell fusion method, for example, PEG with mean molecular weight of about 1,000-6,000 can be added to the cells typically at a concentration of 30% to 60% (w/v). Then, successive addition of the appropriate culture medium listed above and removal of supernatant by centrifugation are repeated to eliminate the cell fusion agent and such, which are unfavorable to the growth of hybridomas.

The resulting hybridomas can be screened using a selection medium according to the selection marker possessed by myeloma cells used in the cell fusion. For example, HGPRT- or TK-deficient cells can be screened by culturing them in a HAT medium (a medium containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine). Specifically, when HAT-sensitive myeloma cells are used in cell fusion, cells successfully fused with normal cells can be selectively grown in the HAT medium. The cell culture using the above HAT medium is continued for a sufficient period of time to allow all cells except the desired hybridomas (non-fused cells) to die. Specifically, in general, the desired hybridomas can be selected by culturing the cells for several days to several weeks. Then, screening and single cloning of hybridomas that produce an antibody of interest can be carried out by performing ordinary limiting dilution methods.

Screening and single cloning of an antibody of interest can be suitably carried out by known screening methods based on antigen-antibody reaction. For example, an antigen is bound to a carrier such as beads made of polystyrene or such and commercially available 96-well microtiter plates, and then reacted with the culture supernatant of hybridoma. Next, the carrier is washed and then reacted with an enzyme-labeled secondary antibody or such. When the culture supernatant contains an antibody of interest reactive to the sensitizing antigen, the secondary antibody binds to the carrier via this antibody. Finally, the secondary antibody bound to the carrier is detected to determine whether the culture supernatant contains the antibody of interest. Hybridomas producing a desired antibody capable of binding to the antigen can be cloned by the limiting dilution method or such.

In addition to the above-described method for preparing hybridomas through immunization of a nonhuman animal with an antigen, antibodies of interest can also be obtained by sensitizing human lymphocytes with an antigen. Specifically, first, human lymphocytes are sensitized with the fusion polypeptide of the present invention in vitro. Then, the sensitized lymphocytes are fused with an appropriate fusion partner. For example, human-derived myeloma cells with the ability to divide permanently can be used as the fusion partner (see JP-B (Kokoku) HO1-59878). Antibodies obtained by this method are human antibodies having an activity of binding to the fusion polypeptide of the present invention.

The nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody that binds to the fusion polypeptide of the present invention obtained by the above-described method or such, and its amino acid sequence can be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art.

Based on the obtained sequence of the antibody that binds to the fusion polypeptide of the present invention, the antibody that binds to the fusion polypeptide of the present invention can be prepared by genetic recombination techniques known to those skilled in the art. Specifically, a polynucleotide encoding an antibody can be constructed based on the sequence of the antibody that recognizes the fusion polypeptides of the present invention, inserted into an expression vector, and then expressed in appropriate host cells (see for example, Co, M. S. et al., J. Immunol. (1994) 152, 2968-2976; Better, M. and Horwitz, A. H., Methods Enzymol. (1989) 178, 476-496; Pluckthun, A. and Skerra, A., Methods Enzymol. (1989) 178, 497-515; Lamoyi, E., Methods Enzymol. (1986) 121, 652-663; Rousseaux, J. et al., Methods Enzymol. (1986) 121, 663-669; Bird, R. E. and Walker, B. W., Trends Biotechnol. (1991) 9, 132-137).

The vectors include M13 vectors, pUC vectors, pBR322, pBluescript, and pCR-Script. Alternatively, when aiming to subclone and excise cDNA, the vectors include, for example, pGEM-T, pDIRECT, and pT7, in addition to the vectors described above. Expression vectors are particularly useful when using vectors for producing the antibodies of the present invention. For example, when aiming for expression in E. coli such as JM109, DH5α, HB101, and XL1-Blue, the expression vectors not only have the above-described characteristics that allow vector amplification in E. coli, but must also carry a promoter that allows efficient expression in E. coli, for example, lacZ promoter (Ward et al., Nature (1989) 341, 544-546; FASEB J. (1992) 6, 2422-2427), araB promoter (Better et al., Science (1988) 240, 1041-1043), T7 promoter or such. Such vectors include pGEX-5X-1 (Pharmacia), “QIAexpress system” (Qiagen), pEGFP, or pET (in this case, the host is preferably BL21 that expresses T7 RNA polymerase) in addition to the vectors described above.

The vectors may contain signal sequences for antibody secretion. As a signal sequence for antibody secretion, a pelB signal sequence (Lei, S. P. et al J. Bacteriol. (1987) 169, 4379) may be used when a protein is secreted into the E. coli periplasm. The vector can be introduced into host cells by calcium chloride or electroporation methods, for example.

In addition to vectors for E. coli, the vectors for producing the antibodies of the present invention include mammalian expression vectors (for example, pcDNA3 (Invitrogen), pEF-BOS (Nucleic Acids. Res. 1990, 18(17), p5322), pEF, and pCDM8), insect cell-derived expression vectors (for example, the “Bac-to-BAC baculovirus expression system” (Gibco-BRL) and pBacPAK8), plant-derived expression vectors (for example, pMH1 and pMH2), animal virus-derived expression vectors (for example, pHSV, pMV, and pAdexLcw), retroviral expression vectors (for example, pZIPneo), yeast expression vectors (for example, “Pichia Expression Kit” (Invitrogen), pNV11, and SP-Q01), and Bacillus subtilis expression vectors (for example, pPL608 and pKTH50), for example.

When aiming for expression in animal cells such as CHO, COS, and NIH3T3 cells, the vectors must have a promoter essential for expression in cells, for example, SV40 promoter (Mulligan et al., Nature (1979) 277, 108), MMLV-LTR promoter, EFla promoter (Mizushima et al., Nucleic Acids Res. (1990) 18, 5322), and CMV promoter, and more preferably they have a gene for selecting transformed cells (for example, a drug resistance gene that allows evaluation using an agent (neomycin, G418, or such)). Vectors with such characteristics include pMAM, pDR2, pBK-RSV, pBK-CMV, pOPRSV, and pOP13, for example.

In addition, the following method can be used for stable gene expression and gene amplification in cells: CHO cells deficient in a nucleic acid synthesis pathway are introduced with a vector (for example, pSV2-dhfr (“Molecular Cloning 2^(nd) edition”, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989)) that carries a DHFR gene which compensates for the deficiency, and the vector is amplified using methotrexate (MTX). Alternatively, the following method can be used for transient gene expression: COS cells with a gene expressing SV40 T antigen on their chromosome are transformed with a vector (pcD and such) with an SV40 replication origin. Replication origins derived from polyoma virus, adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus (BPV), and such can also be used. To amplify gene copy number in host cells, the expression vectors may further carry selection markers such as aminoglycoside transferase (APH) gene, thymidine kinase (TK) gene, E. coli xanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (Ecogpt) gene, and dihydrofolate reductase (dhfr) gene.

The antibodies of the present invention obtained by the methods described above can be isolated from inside host cells or from outside the cells (the medium, or such), and purified to homogeneity. The antibodies can be isolated and purified by methods routinely used for isolating and purifying antibodies, and the type of method is not limited. For example, the antibodies can be isolated and purified by appropriately selecting and combining column chromatography, filtration, ultrafiltration, salting out, solvent precipitation, solvent extraction, distillation, immunoprecipitation, SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, isoelectrofocusing, dialysis, recrystallization, and such.

The chromatographies include, for example, affinity chromatography, ion exchange chromatography, hydrophobic chromatography, gel filtration, reverse phase chromatography, and adsorption chromatography (Strategies for Protein Purification and Characterization: A Laboratory Course Manual. Ed Daniel R. Marshak et al., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1996). The chromatographic methods described above can be conducted using liquid chromatography, for example, HPLC and FPLC. Columns that can be used for affinity chromatography include protein A columns and protein G columns. Columns using protein A include, for example, Hyper D, POROS, and Sepharose FF (GE Amersham Biosciences). The present invention includes antibodies that are highly purified using these purification methods.

The binding activity to the fusion polypeptide of the present invention of the obtained antibodies can be determined by methods known to those skilled in the art. Methods for determining the antigen-binding activity of an antibody include, for example, ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay), EIA (enzyme immunoassay), RIA (radioimmunoassay), and fluorescent antibody method. For example, when enzyme immunoassay is used, antibody-containing samples, such as purified antibodies and culture supernatants of antibody-producing cells, are added to antigen-coated plates. A secondary antibody labeled with an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase, is added and the plates are incubated. After washing, an enzyme substrate, such as p-nitrophenyl phosphate, is added, and the absorbance is measured to evaluate the antigen-binding activity.

In the present invention, “cancer” generally refers to malignant neoplasm which may be metastatic or non-metastatic. For instance, non-limiting examples of cancer that develops from epithelial tissues such as gastrointestinal tract and skin include brain tumor, skin cancer, head and neck cancer, esophageal cancer, lung cancer, gastric cancer, duodenal cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, cervical cancer, cancer of uterine body, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, colorectal cancer, colon cancer, bladder cancer, and ovarian cancer. Meanwhile, non-limiting examples of sarcoma that develops from non-epithelial tissues (stroma) such as muscles include osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, and angiosarcoma. Furthermore, non-limiting examples of hematological cancer derived from hematopoietic organs include malignant lymphoma including Hodgkin's lymphoma and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, leukemia including acute myelocytic leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia, acute lymphatic leukemia, and chronic lymphatic leukemia, and multiple myeloma.

In the present invention, cancer includes any newly developed pathological tissue tumor (neoplasm). In the present invention, neoplasm leads to tumor formation which is characterized by partial neovascularization. Neoplasm can be benign, for example, angioma, glioma, and teratoma, or malignant, for example, cancer, sarcoma, glial tumor, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, and retinoblastoma.

In the present invention, preferred examples of cancer include bladder cancer, brain tumor, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, skin melanoma, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, and liver cancer.

In the present invention, “cancer tissue” refers to a tissue containing at least one cancer cell. For example, as cancer tissues contain cancer cells and blood vessels, cancer tissue refers to all cell types that contribute to the formation of tumor mass containing cancer cells and endothelial cells. Herein, tumor mass refers to foci of tumor tissue. The term “tumor” is generally used to refer to benign or malignant neoplasm.

The present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising an above-described antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, or oligonucleotides of the present invention.

In the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition generally refers to a pharmaceutical agent for treating, preventing, or examining/diagnosing diseases.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be formulated by methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, they can be used parenterally, in an injectable form of sterile solutions or suspensions including water or other pharmaceutically acceptable liquid. For example, such compositions may be formulated by mixing in a unit dose form required by the generally approved pharmaceutical manufacturing practice, by appropriately combining with pharmacologically acceptable carriers or media, specifically sterile water, physiological saline, vegetable oil, emulsifier, suspension, surfactant, stabilizer, flavoring agent, excipient, vehicle, preservative, binder, or such. The amount of active ingredient in such formulations is adjusted so that an appropriate amount can be obtained within a specified range.

Sterile compositions for injection can be formulated according to general formulation practice using vehicles such as distilled water for injection. Aqueous solutions for injection include, for example, physiological saline, and isotonic solutions containing glucose or other adjuvants (e.g., D-sorbitol, D-mannnose, D-mannitol, and sodium chloride). These can be used in combination with appropriate solubilizers, for example, alcohol (ethanol, etc.), polyalcohol (propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, etc.), and non-ionic detergents (Polysorbate 80^(M), HCO-50, etc.).

Oils include sesame oil and soybean oils. Benzyl benzoate and/or benzyl alcohol can be used in combination as solubilizers. It is also possible to combine buffers (for example, phosphate buffer and sodium acetate buffer), soothing agents (for example, procaine hydrochloride), stabilizers (for example, benzyl alcohol and phenol), and/or antioxidants. Appropriate ampules are filled with the prepared injections.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are preferably administered parenterally. For example, compositions are administered in an injectable form, or in a form for transnasal administration, transpulmonary administration, or transdermal administration. For example, they can be administered systemically or locally by intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, intraperitoneal injection, subcutaneous injection, or such.

Administration methods can be appropriately selected in consideration of the patient's age and symptoms. The dose of a pharmaceutical composition containing an antigen-binding molecule may be, for example, 0.0001 mg to 1,000 mg/kg for each administration. Alternatively, the dose may be, for example, 0.001 to 100,000 mg per patient. However, the present invention is not limited by the numeric values described above. The dosage and administration method vary according to the patient's weight, age, symptoms, and such. Those skilled in the art can set an appropriate dosage and administration method in consideration of the factors described above.

Amino acids in the amino acid sequences described herein may be modified after translation (for example, modification of N-terminal glutamine into pyroglutamic acid by pyroglutamylation is well known to those skilled in the art). As a matter of course, such posttranslationally modified amino acids are also included in the amino acid sequences of the present invention.

The present invention also relates to methods for detecting an above-described fusion polypeptide of the present invention or a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide in samples from subjects (including cancer patients and healthy persons).

The presence or absence of a fusion polypeptide of the present invention in a sample from a subject can be tested and determined, for example, using antigen-antibody reaction which is performed by contacting an above-described antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that binds to a fusion polypeptide of the present invention with a sample (tumor tissue, normal tissue, and various body fluid specimens containing cancer or normal cells (blood, serum, urine, saliva, ascites, pleural effusion, etc.)) collected from a subject (cancer patient, person who may be affected with cancer, person with the risk of getting cancer, or healthy person; however, it is not limited to human).

The antigen (i.e., a fusion polypeptide of the present invention) in an antigen-antibody reaction can be detected, for example, by using conventional immunoassay.

In the present invention, immunoassay refers to a method for detecting a fusion polypeptide of the present invention in a sample (tumor tissue, normal tissue, and various body fluid specimens containing cancer or normal cells (blood, serum, urine, saliva, ascites, pleural effusion, etc.)) based on the reaction mechanism between an antigen (i.e., a fusion polypeptide of the present invention) and an antibody that binds to the antigen or antigen-binding fragment thereof. Any immunoassay is included in the present invention as long as it is a method that can detect the fusion polypeptides of the present invention.

For immunoassay in the present invention, for example, the principles of various methods such as those described in “Kouso Men-eki Sokutei Hou (Enzyme immunoassay)” (3rd Ed., eds., Eiji Ishikawa et al., Igakushoin, 1987) can be applied. Specifically, these various methods can be carried out using one or more antibodies that bind to an antigen of interest to capture (trap) the antigen to be detected in a sample.

Applicable principles preferably include, for example, single antibody solid phase methods, double antibody liquid phase methods, double antibody solid phase methods, sandwich methods, and one-pot methods such as described in JP-B (Kokoku) H02-39747. Meanwhile, assays based on antigen-antibody reaction also include enzyme multiplied immunoassay technique (EMIT), enzyme channeling immunoassay, enzyme modulator mediated enzyme immunoassay (EMMIA), enzyme inhibitor immunoassay, immunoenzymometric assay, enzyme enhanced immunoassay, and proximal linkage immunoassay.

In the present invention, it is possible to select and use any appropriate immunoassay principle such as those described above depending on the objective of the test.

The immunoassays of the present invention also include sandwich methods using a biotin- or enzyme-labeled antibody, and multi-well microtiter plates having a number of wells including 96-well microplate, as well as one-pot methods using beads and antibodies labeled with biotin or enzyme such as peroxidase.

As described above, antibodies that bind to a fusion polypeptide of the present invention or antigen-binding fragments thereof, which are used in immunoassays of the present invention, may be labeled with a labeling substance that can provide a detectable signal by itself or upon reaction with other substances.

Such labeling substances include, for example, enzymes, fluorescent substances, chemiluminescent substances, biotin, avidin, and radioisotopes. More specifically, the substances include enzymes such as peroxidase (e.g., horseradish peroxidase), alkaline phosphatase, β-D-galactosidase, glucose oxidase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, alcohol dehydrogenase, malate dehydrogenase, penicillinase, catalase, apoglucoseoxidase, urease, luciferase, and acetylcholinesterase; fluorescent substances such as fluorescein isothiocyanate, phycobiliprotein, rare earth metal chelates, dansyl chloride, and tetramethylrhodamine isothiocyanate; radioisotopes such as ³H, ¹⁴C, ¹²⁵I, and ¹³¹I; biotin; avidin; and chemiluminescent substances.

Such radioisotopes and fluorescent substances can provide a detectable signal by themselves.

Meanwhile, enzymes, chemiluminescent substances, biotin, and avidin cannot provide any detectable signal by themselves, but provide a detectable signal when reacting with one or more different substances.

For example, when an enzyme is used, at least a substrate is necessary. Various substrates are used according to the type of enzymatic activity assay method (colorimetric assay, fluorescent assay, bioluminescence assay, chemiluminescent assay, etc.). For example, hydrogen peroxide is used as a substrate for peroxidase. Meanwhile, biotin is generally reacted with at least avidin or enzyme-modified avidin, but substrates are not limited thereto. If needed, it is also possible to use various chromogenic substances according to the substrates.

The presence or absence of a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention in a sample from a subject can be tested and determined, for example, according to routine methods using various oligonucleotides (a pair of oligonucleotide primers, oligonucleotide probes, etc.) of the present invention described above, and mRNA, cDNA prepared using mRNA as a template, genomic DNA, or such in a sample (tumor tissue, normal tissue, and various body fluid specimens containing cancer or normal cells (blood, serum, urine, saliva, ascites, pleural effusion, etc.)) collected from a subject (cancer patient, person who may be affected with cancer, person with the risk of getting cancer, or healthy person; however, it is not limited to human) by using various gene analysis methods. Such gene analysis methods include, for example, Northern blotting, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), Southern blotting, ligase chain reaction (LCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA), isothermal and chimeric primer-initiated amplification of nucleic acids (ICAN), loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), TMA method (Gen-Probe's TMA system), microarray, and next-generation sequencing method.

In these assays, oligonucleotides of the present invention are hybridized to a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention derived from a sample. Desired stringent conditions for such hybridization include, for example, the conditions of 6 M urea, 0.4% SDS, 0.5×SSC, and 37° C.; and hybridization conditions of equivalent stringency. Depending on the objective, it is possible to use more stringent conditions, for example, 6 M urea, 0.4% SDS, and 0.1×SSC, and 42° C.

The present invention also relates to kits for detecting an above-described fusion polypeptide of the present invention or a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide in samples from subjects described above (including cancer patients and healthy persons).

Specifically, detection kits of the present invention may contain an above-described antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that binds to a fusion polypeptide of the present invention (including antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof labeled with above-described various labeling substances). Depending on the objective of each immunoassay described above, the kits may also contain various detection reagents (enzymes, substrates, etc.) and instruction manuals.

Specifically, detection kits of the present invention may contain various oligonucleotides of the present invention described above (a pair of oligonucleotide primers, oligonucleotide probes, etc.) that hybridize to mRNA derived from a polynucleotide encoding an above-described fusion polypeptide of the present invention, cDNA prepared using the mRNA as template, or genomic DNA. According to the objective of each gene analysis, the kits may also contain various reagents (enzymes, other oligonucleotides, nucleic acid, reaction buffer, etc.) and instruction manuals.

The present invention also relates to methods for testing cancer susceptibility of a subject, whether a subject is affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed in a subject based on the presence or absence of a fusion polypeptide of the present invention or a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide in a sample isolated from the subject.

Specifically, the methods of the present invention include methods for testing cancer susceptibility of a subject, whether a subject is affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed in a subject by testing/determining the presence or absence of a fusion polypeptide of the present invention in a sample (tumor tissue, normal tissue, and various body fluid specimens containing cancer or normal cells (blood, serum, urine, saliva, etc.)) collected from the subject (cancer patient, person who may be affected with cancer, person with the risk of getting cancer, or healthy person; however, it is not limited to human) using the above-described methods and kits for detecting the fusion polypeptide of the present invention, wherein the method is based on the criterion that a subject is more likely to develop cancer, is affected with cancer, or has progressed cancer when the fusion polypeptide is detected.

In addition, the methods of the present invention include methods of testing cancer susceptibility of a subject, whether a subject is affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed in a subject by testing/determining the presence or absence of a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention in a sample (tumor tissue, normal tissue, and various body fluid specimens containing cancer or normal cells (blood, serum, urine, saliva, etc.)) collected from the subject (cancer patient, person who may be affected with cancer, person with the risk of getting cancer, or healthy person; however, it is not limited to human) using the above-described methods and kits for detecting the polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of the present invention, wherein the method is based on the criterion that a subject is more likely to develop cancer, is affected with cancer, or has progressed cancer when the polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide is detected.

The present invention also relates to methods for selecting a patient to which an anticancer agent (as described below) comprising a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity is applicable, based on the presence or absence of a fusion polypeptide of the present invention or a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide in a sample isolated from a subject.

Specifically, the methods of the present invention include methods that test/determine the presence or absence of a fusion polypeptide of the present invention in a sample (tumor tissue, normal tissue, and various body fluid specimens containing cancer or normal cells (blood, serum, urine, saliva, etc.)) collected from the subject (cancer patient or person who may be affected with cancer; however, it is not limited to human) using the above-described methods and kits for detecting the fusion polypeptide of the present invention, and select a subject as a patient to which an anticancer agent (as described below) comprising a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity is applicable when the fusion polypeptide of the present invention is detected.

The methods of the present invention further include methods that test/determine the presence or absence of a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention in a sample (tumor tissue, normal tissue, and various body fluid specimens containing cancer or normal cells (blood, serum, urine, saliva, etc.)) collected from a subject (cancer patient or person who may be affected with cancer; however, it is not limited to human) using the above-described methods and kits for detecting the polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of the present invention, and select a subject as a patient to which an anticancer agent (as described below) comprising a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity is applicable when a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of the present invention is detected.

In the present invention, “FGFR inhibitor” and “compound having FGFR inhibitory activity” are used interchangeably, and refer to a compound having the activity of inhibiting the activity of the above-mentioned FGFR, specifically, one or more arbitrary FGFRs belonging to the FGFR family comprising FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, and FGFR4, which are fibroblast growth factor receptors (FGFRs) belonging to the receptor tyrosine kinase family. Preferably, they refer to a compound having the activity of inhibiting human FGFR activity, and more preferably a compound having the activity of inhibiting the activity of human FGFR3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6 or 7 (cDNA sequences, SEQ ID NOs: 10 and 11, respectively/GenBank Accession Nos. NM_001163213.1 and NM 000142.4, respectively).

Any FGFR inhibitors are included in the FGFR inhibitors of the present invention as long as the compounds have the activity of inhibiting FGFR activity.

Specifically, the FGFR inhibitors of the present invention include any compounds, antibodies, nucleic acid pharmaceuticals (siRNA, antisense nucleic acids, ribozymes, and such) having an action mechanism of:

(1) inhibiting the FGFR kinase activity; (2) inhibiting dimerization between FGFR, TACC3, and BAIAP2L1; (3) inhibiting FGFR-mediated signaling (MAPK pathway and PI3K/AKT pathway) (for example, MEK inhibitors, RAF inhibitors, ERK inhibitors, PI3K inhibitors, mTOR inhibitors, AKT inhibitors, PDK inhibitors, S6K inhibitors, etc.); or (4) inhibiting FGFR expression (for example, siRNA, HSP90 inhibitors, etc.).

Antibodies having the activity of inhibiting FGFR activity, which are included as FGFR inhibitors of the present invention, comprise antibodies identified by the following code names: RG7444, FP-1039, AV370, and PRO-001.

Low-molecular-weight compounds having the activity of inhibiting FGFR activity, which are included as FGFR inhibitors of the present invention, include, for example:

(1) compounds disclosed in the following Patent Document and Non-patent Documents: Cancer Research, 2012, 72: 2045-2056; J. Med. Chem., 2011, 54: 7066-7083; International Publication WO 2011/016528; (2) compounds identified by the following generic names or code names: AZD-4547 (compound C in Table 2-1 described below), BGJ-398 (compound D in Table 2-2 described below), LY-2874455, cediranib (AZD2171; compound E in Table 2-2 described below), PD173074 (compound B in Table 2-1 described below), regorafenib, ponatinib, orantinib, nintedanib, masitinib, lenvatinib, dovitinib (TK1258; compound F in Table 2-2 described below), brivanib, volasertib, golvatinib, ENMD-2076, E-3810, XL-999, XL-228, ARQ087, Tivozanib, motesanib, and regorafenib; and (3) compounds exemplified below; however, FGFR inhibitors are not limited thereto:

wherein R₁, R₂, R₃, and R₄ each independently represents the group listed below: R₁ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; R₂ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; or R₁ and R₂, together with an atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted by halogen; R₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₆ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₄ represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —(CH₂)_(n)Z₁, —NR₆R₇, —OR₅, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; A represents a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl ring or C₆₋₁₀ aryl ring; R₅ represents C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, or C₁₋₄ trihydroxy alkyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₆ and R₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, or cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl); or alternatively R₆ and R₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; n represents 1 to 3; R₈ and R₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or halogen; or alternatively R₈ and R₉, together with a carbon atom linked thereto, form a cycloaliphatic ring; Z₁ represents hydrogen, NR₁₀R₁₁, —OH, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₀ and R₁₁, which can be the same or different, each represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), or C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl; or alternatively R₁₀ and R₁₁, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₁₂ and R₁₃, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; or alternatively R₁₂ and R₁₃, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₄ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₆ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₇ represents hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl; R₁₈ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₉ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₂₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₂ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₄ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₆ and R₂₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₆ and R₂₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₂₈ and R₂₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₈ and R₂₉, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₃₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₂ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₆₋₁₀ aryl;

<Group P>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₃ haloalkoxy, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl;

<Group Q>

halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl amine, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, —COR₁₉, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by C₁₋₄ alkyl.

Herein, the “alkyl” refers to a monovalent group derived from an aliphatic hydrocarbon by removing an arbitrary hydrogen atom. It contains no heteroatom or unsaturated carbon-carbon bond in the backbone, and has a subset of hydrocarbyl or hydrocarbon group structures which contain hydrogen and carbon atoms. The alkyl group includes linear and branched structures. Preferred alkyl groups include alkyl groups with one to six carbon atoms (C₁₋₆; hereinafter, “C_(p-q)” means that the number of carbon atoms is p to q), C₁₋₅ alkyl groups, C₁₋₄ alkyl groups, and C₁₋₃ alkyl groups.

Specifically, the alkyl includes, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, 2,3-dimethylpropyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, and hexyl group.

Herein, “alkenyl” refers to a monovalent hydrocarbon group having at least one double bond (two adjacent SP2 carbon atoms), and includes those of linear and branched forms. Depending on the configuration of the double bond and substituents (if any), the geometry of the double bond can be of entgegen (E) or zusammen (Z), or cis or trans configuration. Preferred alkenyl groups include C₂₋₆ alkenyl groups.

Specifically, the alkenyl includes, for example, vinyl group, allyl group, 1-propenyl group, 2-propenyl group, 1-butenyl group, 2-butenyl group (including cis and trans), 3-butenyl group, pentenyl group, and hexenyl group.

Herein, “alkynyl” refers to a monovalent hydrocarbon group having at least one triple bond (two adjacent SP carbon atoms), and includes those of linear and branched forms. Preferred alkynyl groups include C₂₋₆ alkynyl groups.

Specifically, the alkynyl includes, for example, ethynyl group, 1-propynyl group, propargyl group, 3-butynyl group, pentynyl group, and hexynyl group.

The alkenyl and alkynyl may each have one, two or more double bonds or triple bonds.

Herein, “cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated cyclic monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and includes monocyclic groups, bicyclo rings, and spiro rings. Preferred cycloalkyl includes C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl groups. Specifically, the cycloalkyl group includes, for example, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and cycloheptyl group.

Herein, “cycloalkylalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom of an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with a “cycloalkyl” defined above. Preferred cycloalkylalkyl groups include C₃₋₇ cycloalkylC₁₋₃ alkyl, and specifically include, for example, cyclopropylmethyl group and cyclopropylethyl group.

Herein, “hetero atom” refers to a nitrogen atom (N), oxygen atom (O), or sulfur atom (S).

Herein, “halogen” refers to a fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, or iodine atom.

Herein, “haloalkyl” refers to a group in which preferably one to nine, more preferably one to five identical or different “halogen atoms” defined above are linked to an “alkyl” defined above.

Specifically, the haloalkyl includes, for example, chloromethyl group, dichloromethyl group, trichloromethyl group, fluoromethyl group, difluoromethyl group, perfluoroalkyl group (such as trifluoromethyl group and —CF₂CF₃), and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group.

Herein, “alkoxy” refers to an oxy group linked with an “alkyl” defined above. Preferred alkoxy includes C₁₋₄ alkoxy groups and C₁₋₃ alkoxy groups. Specifically, alkoxy includes, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, 1-propoxy group, 2-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, i-butoxy group, sec-butoxy group, and tert-butoxy group.

Herein, “haloalkoxy” refers to a group in which preferably one to nine, more preferably one to five identical or different halogen atoms defined above are linked to an “alkoxy” defined above.

Specifically, the haloalkoxy includes, for example, chloromethoxy group, trichloromethoxy group, and trifluoromethoxy group.

Herein, “aryl” refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The aryl preferably includes C₆₋₁₀ aryl. Specifically, the aryl includes, for example, phenyl group and naphthyl groups (for example, 1-naphthyl group and 2-naphthyl group).

Herein, “alicyclic ring” refers to a monovalent non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The alicyclic ring may have unsaturated bonds within its ring, and may be a multicyclic group having two or more rings. The carbon atoms constituting the ring may be oxidized to form a carbonyl. The number of atoms constituting an alicyclic ring preferably ranges from three to ten (3- to 10-membered aliphatic ring). The alicyclic ring includes, for example, cycloalkyl rings, cycloalkenyl rings, and cycloalkynyl rings.

Herein, “heteroaryl” refers to a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group in which the ring-constituting atoms include preferably one to five hetero atoms. The heteroaryl may be partially saturated, and may be a monocyclic or condensed ring (for example, a bicyclic heteroaryl condensed with a benzene ring or monocyclic heteroaryl ring). The number of ring-constituting atoms preferably ranges from five to ten (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl).

Specifically, the heteroaryl includes, for example, furyl group, thienyl group, pyrrolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, oxazolyl group, isooxazolyl group, oxadiazolyl group, thiadiazolyl group, triazolyl group, tetrazolyl group, pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrazinyl group, triazinyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzothienyl group, benzothiadiazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, benzoxadiazolyl group, benzoimidazolyl group, indolyl group, isoindolyl group, azaindolyl group, indazolyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, cinnolinyl group, quinazolinyl group, quinoxalinyl group, benzodioxolyl group, indolidinyl group, and imidazopyridyl group.

Herein, “heterocyclyl” refers to a non-aromatic monovalent heterocyclic group in which the ring-constituting atoms include preferably one to five hetero atoms. The heterocyclyl may contain double or triple bonds in its ring. The carbon atoms may be oxidized to form carbonyl. The ring may be a monocyclic or condensed ring. The number of the ring-constituting atoms preferably ranges from three to ten (3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl).

Specifically, the heterocyclyl includes, for example, oxetanyl group, dihydrofuryl group, tetrahydrofuryl group, dihydropyranyl group, tetrahydropyranyl group, tetrahydropyridyl group, morpholinyl group, thiomorpholinyl group, pyrrolidinyl group, piperidinyl group, piperazinyl group, pyrazolidinyl group, imidazolinyl group, imidazolidinyl group, oxazolidinyl group, isooxazolidinyl group, thiazolidinyl group, isothiazolidinyl group, thiadiazolidinyl group, azetidinyl group, oxazolidone group, benzodioxanyl group, benzoxazolyl group, dioxolanyl group, and dioxanyl group.

Herein, “arylalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with an “aryl” defined above. The arylalkyl preferably includes C₆. 10 aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl and C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl. Specifically, the arylalkyl includes, for example, benzyl group, phenethyl group, and naphthylmethyl group.

Herein, “heteroarylalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an alkyl defined above is substituted with a “heteroaryl” defined above. The heteroarylalkyl preferably includes 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl. Specifically, the heteroarylalkyl includes, for example, pyrrolylmethyl group, imidazolylmethyl group, thienylmethyl group, pyridylmethyl group, pyrimidylmethyl group, quinolylmethyl group, and pyridylethyl group.

Herein, “heterocyclylalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with a “heterocyclyl” defined above. The heterocyclylalkyl preferably includes 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl. Specifically, the heterocyclylalkyl includes, for example, morpholinylmethyl group, morpholinylethyl group, thiomorpholinylmethyl group, pyrrolidinylmethyl group, piperidinylmethyl group, piperazinylmethyl group, piperazinylethyl group, and oxetanylmethyl group.

Herein, “monohydroxyalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with a hydroxyl group. The monohydroxyalkyl preferably includes C₁₋₆ monohydroxyalkyl and C₂₋₆ monohydroxyalkyl. Specifically, the monohydroxyalkyl includes, for example, hydroxymethyl group, 1-hydroxyethyl group, and 2-hydroxyethyl group.

Herein, “dihydroxyalkyl” refers to a group in which two arbitrary hydrogen atoms in an “alkyl” defined above are substituted with two hydroxyl groups. The dihydroxyalkyl preferably includes C₁₋₆ dihydroxyalkyl and C₂₋₆ dihydroxyalkyl. Specifically, the dihydroxyalkyl includes, for example, 1,2-dihydroxyethyl group, 1,2-dihydroxypropyl group, and 1,3-dihydroxypropyl group.

Herein, “trihydroxyalkyl” refers to a group in which three arbitrary hydrogen atoms in an “alkyl” defined above are substituted with three hydroxyl groups. The trihydroxyalkyl preferably includes C₁₋₆ trihydroxyalkyl and C₂₋₆ trihydroxyalkyl.

Herein, “alkoxyalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with an “alkoxy” defined above. The alkoxyalkyl preferably includes C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl and C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₂₋₄ alkyl. Specifically, the alkoxyalkyl includes, for example, methoxyethyl.

Herein, “alkoxyalkoxyalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in the terminal alkyl of an “alkoxyalkyl” defined above is substituted with an “alkoxy” defined above. The alkoxyalkoxyalkyl preferably includes C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl and C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₂₋₄ alkoxy C₂₋₄ alkyl.

Herein, “aminoalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with an amino group. The aminoalkyl group preferably includes C₁. 4 aminoalkyl and C₂₋₄ aminoalkyl.

Herein, “alkylamino” refers to an amino group linked with an “alkyl” defined above. The alkylamino preferably includes C₁₋₄ alkylamino.

Herein, “dialkylamino” refers to an amino group linked with two “alkyls” defined above. The two alkyl groups may be same or different. The dialkylamino preferably includes di(C₄ alkyl)amino.

Herein, “alkylaminoalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with an “alkylamino” defined above. The alkylaminoalkyl preferably includes C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl and C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₂₋₄ alkyl.

Herein, “dialkylaminoalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with a “dialkylamino” defined above. The dialkylaminoalkyl preferably includes di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl and di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₂₋₄ alkyl.

Herein, “heterocyclylamino” refers to an amino group linked with a “heterocyclyl” defined above. The heterocyclylamino preferably includes 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino.

Herein, “cyanoalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with a cyano group. The cyanoalkyl preferably includes cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl).

Herein, “alkylsulfonyl” refers to a sulfonyl group linked with an “alkyl” defined above (i.e. alkyl-SO₂—). The alkylsulfonyl preferably includes C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl. Specifically, the alkylsulfonyl includes methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, and i-propylsulfonyl.

Herein, “alkylsulfonylalkyl” refers to a group in which an arbitrary hydrogen atom in an “alkyl” defined above is substituted with an “alkylsulfonyl” defined above. The alkylsulfonylalkyl preferably includes C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl and C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₂₋₄ alkyl.

Preferably, the compounds represented by formula (I) shown above are as follows:

R₁ shown above preferably represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃.

R₁ shown above more preferably represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q. Specifically, the above 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl is particularly preferably an imidazolyl group, thienyl group, pyridyl group, pyridazinyl group, or pyrazolyl group. The above 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl is particularly preferably a morpholinyl group, tetrahydropyridyl group, or piperidinyl group.

R₂ shown above preferably represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃.

R₂ shown above more preferably represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, —OR₅, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q. Specifically, this 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl is particularly preferably a pyridyl group.

R₁ and R₂ shown above can preferably be taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl. The heterocyclyl or heteroaryl may have a halogen atom as a substituent. Specifically, the 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl formed together with the atoms to which R₁ and R₂ are attached, is particularly preferably a dioxolanyl group or dioxanyl group.

R₃ shown above preferably represents hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₆ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, more preferably hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₃perfluoroalkyl, and particularly preferably C₁ alkyl.

R₄ shown above preferably represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —(CH₂)_(n)Z₁, —NR₆R₇, —OR₅, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀—SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃.

R₄ shown above more preferably represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₃ perfluoroalkyl, cyano, methanesulfonyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, or amino, and particularly preferably hydrogen or halogen.

Ring A mentioned above is preferably a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl ring or C₆₋₁₀ aryl ring, more preferably benzene, indole, azaindole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzothiazole, quinoline, or pyrrole, and particularly preferably indole or pyrrole.

R₅ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkoxy C₁. 4 alkyl, C₁₋₄ amino alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q, C₁₋₆ monohydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxyalkyl, or C₁₋₆ trihydroxyalkyl.

R₅ shown above more preferably represents C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q. Specifically, the above 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylalkyl is particularly preferably a piperazinylethyl group, oxetanylmethyl group, or morpholinylethyl group. The above 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl is particularly preferably an oxetanyl group or tetrahydropyranyl group.

R₆ and R₇ shown above may be the same or different, and each preferably represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₂₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxyalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, or cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl).

R₆ and R₇ shown above more preferably each independently represent hydrogen, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or C₁₋₆ dihydroxyalkyl. Specifically, the 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylalkyl is particularly preferably a morpholinylethyl group, and the 5- to 10-membered heteroarylalkyl is particularly preferably a pyridylethyl group.

Alternatively, R₆ and R₇ shown above can preferably be taken together with the nitrogen atoms to which they are attached to form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl.

“n” shown above represents an integer from 1 to 3. Preferably, n is 1.

R₈ and R₉ shown above preferably may be the same or different, and each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or halogen, and more preferably hydrogen.

Alternatively, R₈ and R₉ shown above can preferably be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form an alicyclic ring.

Z₁ shown above preferably represents hydrogen, NR₁₀R₁₁, —OH, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q, more preferably NR₁₀R₁₁ or —OH, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q. Specifically, the above 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl is particularly preferably a pyrrolidinyl group, piperazinyl group, piperidinyl group, or morpholinyl group.

R₁₀ and R₁₁ shown above preferably may be the same or different, and each preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), or C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, more preferably C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, or C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₂-4 alkyl.

Alternatively, R₁₀ and R₁₁ shown above can preferably be taken together with the nitrogen atoms to which they are attached to form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl.

R₁₂ and R₁₃ shown above preferably may be the same or different, and each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered alicyclic ring, more preferably hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl.

Alternatively, R₁₂ and R₁₃ shown above preferably can be taken together with the nitrogen atoms to which they are attached to form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q, and particularly preferably 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylalkyl. Specifically, piperazinyl group, morpholinyl group, pyrrolidinyl group, and piperidinyl group are more preferred.

R₁₄ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q, and more preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl.

R₁₅ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q.

R₁₆ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q, and more preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl.

R₁₇ shown above preferably represents hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl, and more preferably hydrogen.

R₁₈ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q, and more preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl.

R₁₉ shown above preferably represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q, and more preferably represents hydrogen, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from group Q. Specifically, this 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl is more preferably a piperazinyl group, morpholinyl group, pyrrolidinyl group, or piperidinyl group.

R₂₀ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl.

R₂₁ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl.

R₂₂ shown above preferably represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl.

R₂₃ shown above preferably represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl.

R₂₄ shown above preferably represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl.

R₂₅ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl.

R₂₆ and R₂₇ shown above preferably may be the same or different, and each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered alicyclic ring.

Alternatively, R₂₆ and R₂₇ shown above can preferably be taken together with the nitrogen atoms to which they are attached to form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl.

R₂₈ and R₂₉ shown above preferably may be the same or different, and each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered alicyclic ring.

Alternatively, R₂₈ and R₂₉ shown above preferably can be taken together with the nitrogen atoms to which they are attached to form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl.

R₃₀ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl.

R₃₁ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl.

R₃₂ shown above preferably represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₆₋₁₀ aryl.

Preferred substituents included in group P defined above are halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₃ haloalkoxy, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino, —SO₂R, —CN, —NO₂, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; and more preferably halogen, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₃ haloalkoxy, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl. Specifically, this 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl is particularly preferably a morpholinyl group.

Preferred substituents included in group Q defined above are halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ monohydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxyalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino, —SO₂R, —CN, —NO₂, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, —COR₁₉, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with C₁₋₄ alkyl; and more preferably halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ monohydroxyalkyl, —SO₂R₁₆, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, —COR₁₉, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with C₁₋₄ alkyl. Specifically, this 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl is more preferably a piperazinyl group, piperidinyl group, or morpholinyl group.

Specific examples of the compounds include:

-   (1)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (2)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (3)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-hydroxy-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (4)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-methanone; -   (5)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-piperazin-1-ylmethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (6)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (7)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yloxy)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (8)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-chloro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (9)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-bromo-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (10)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-iodo-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (11)     2-[5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl]-1H-indole-5-carbonitrile; -   (12)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (13)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-ethynyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (14)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (15)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (16)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (17)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-chloro-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (18)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-chloro-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (19)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (20)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (21)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (22)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (23)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-bromo-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (24)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (25)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-methyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (26)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(4,4-difluoro-piperidine-1-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (27)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(3,3-difluoro-piperidine-1-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (28)     2-[5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl]-1H-indole-5-carboxylic     acid (2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-amide; -   (29)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(5-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (30)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (31)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (32)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]     methanone; -   (33)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (34)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (35)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]     methanone; -   (36)     [5-amino-1-(6-fluoro-2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (37)     2-[5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl]-1H-indole-6-carboxylic     acid; -   (38)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-hydroxymethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (39)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-{6-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-1H-indol-2-yl}-methanone; -   (40)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-methyl-oxetan-3-ylmethoxy)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (41)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-fluoro-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (42)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-{[bis(2-methoxy-ethyl)-amino]-methyl}-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (43)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-{6-[(methyl-prop-2-ynyl-amino)-methyl]-1H-indol-2-yl}-methanone; -   (44)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3,3-difluoro-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (45)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2,5-dimethyl-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (46)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3,3-difluoro-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (47)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (48)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-bromo-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (49)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-iodo-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (50)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-methanone; -   (51)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-bromo-6-trifluoromethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (52)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-iodo-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (53)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-methyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (54)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-isopropyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (55)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (56)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-benzyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (57)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(2-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (58)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(3-fluorophenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (59)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (60)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-ethynyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (61)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-f]indol-6-yl)-methanone; -   (62)     [5-amino-1-(7-fluoro-2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (63)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (64)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-butoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (65)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]     methanone; -   (66)     N-{2-[5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl]-1H-indol-6-yl}-methanesulfonamide; -   (67)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(6-morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (68)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-butyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (69)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (70)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(5-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (71)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (72)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-cyclopropyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (73)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (74)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-phenyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (75)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(5-methanesulfonyl-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (76)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-isopropyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (77)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-pyridin-2-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (78)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (79)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-pyridazin-3-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (80)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-isopropoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (81)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (82)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-cyclopropylmethoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (83)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(2,2-difluoro-5H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-f]indol-6-yl)-methanone; -   (84)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (85)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (86)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(6-morpholin-4-yl-pyridazin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (87)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-chloro-6-cyclopropylmethoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (88)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (89)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-pyridazin-4-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (90)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(3-fluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (91)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(1-isopropyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-trifluoromethyl-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (92)     2-[5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl]-1H-indole-6-carbonitrile; -   (93)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (94)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-piperidin-4-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (95)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-((R)-3-fluoro-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (96)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-fluoro-5-piperidin-4-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (97)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-fluoro-5-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (98)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(1-isopropyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (99)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-fluoro-5-(1-isopropyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (100)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-pyridin-3-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (101)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(6-morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (102)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-pyridin-3-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (103)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(6-piperazin-1-yl-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (104)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(6-hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (105)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-fluoro-5-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (106)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-fluoro-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (107)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (108)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (109)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[1,2′]bipyridin-5′-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (110)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(6-piperazin-1-yl-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (111)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (112)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (113)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-((R)-3-fluoro-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (114)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(2,5-dimethyl-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (115)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(3-fluoro-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (116)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(3,3-difluoro-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (117)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-{6-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-4-yl]-1H-indol-2-yl}-methanone; -   (118)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-pyridin-4-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (119)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(4-fluoropiperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (120)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(4,4-difluoro-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (121)     [5-amino-1-(2-difluoromethyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (122)     [5-amino-1-(2-difluoromethyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (123)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(3,3-difluoro-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (124)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(1-cyclopentyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (125)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(1-cyclohexyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (126)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-bromo-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (127)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (128)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (129)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (130)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (131)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (132)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (133)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylamino)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (134)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(4-methyl-piperazine-1-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (135)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylamino)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (136)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(piperazine-1-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (137)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(2-methoxy-ethylamino)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (138)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(2-hydroxy-1-hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (139)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(2-pyridin-4-yl-ethylamino)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (140)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-methoxy-ethylamino)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (141)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-morpholin-4-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (142)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-morpholin-4-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (143)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (144)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (145)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (146)     [5-amino-1-(2-isopropyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (147)     [5-amino-1-(2-propyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (148)     [5-amino-1-(1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (149)     [5-amino-1-(2-trifluoromethyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (150)     [5-amino-1-(2-ethyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (151)     [5-amino-1-(2-benzyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-2-yl)methanone; -   (152)     1-(4-{2-[5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl]-1H-indol-5-ylmethyl}-piperazin-1-yl)-ethanone; -   (153)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(4-methanesulfonyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (154)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-piperazin-1-ylmethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (155)     1-(4-{2-[5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl]-1H-indol-6-ylmethyl}-piperazin-1-yl)-ethanone; -   (156)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (157)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (158)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (159)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-fluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (160)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-fluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (161)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-fluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (162)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-methanone; -   (163)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-fluoro-6-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (164)     2-[5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl]-1H-indole-5-carboxylic     acid; -   (165)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-methoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (166)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4,6-dimethoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (167)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-methoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (168)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-methoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (169)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4,6-dimethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (170)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-tert-butyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (171)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-isopropyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (172)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-benzyloxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (173)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-benzyloxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (174)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (175)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-tert-butyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (176)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (177)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-phenoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (178)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-methylsulfanyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (179)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-tert-butyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (180)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-methyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (181)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-ethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (182)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-fluoro-6-trifluoromethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (183)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-fluoro-5-methoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (184)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-chloro-5-methoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (185)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-chloro-6-methoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (186)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-isopropoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (187)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-benzyloxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (188)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-isopropoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (189)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(2,3-dihydro-6H-[1,4]dioxino[2,3-f]indol-7-yl)-methanone; -   (190)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4,6-di-tert-butyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (191)     2-[5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl]-1H-indole-4-carbonitrile; -   (192)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-imidazol-1-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (193)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-trifluoromethylsulfanyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (194)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-methylsulfanyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (195)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-methanesulfonyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (196)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4,4-difluoro-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (197)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-fluoro-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (198)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(oxetan-3-yloxy)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (199)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-hydroxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (200)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-methanesulfonyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (201)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4,5-dibromo-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (202)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4,5-diphenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-methanone;     and -   (203)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4,5-dipyridin-3-yl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-methanone. -   (204)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-3H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-chloro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (205)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-chloro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (206)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-3-yl)-methanone; -   (207)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(1H-indol-6-yl)-methanone; -   (208)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-bromo-6-fluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (209)     [5-amino-1-(2-ethyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-bromo-6-fluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (210)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-trifluoromethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (211)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-trifluoromethoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (212)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4,6-dichloro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (213)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-bromo-4-fluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (214)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-trifluoromethoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (215)     [5-amino-1-(2-ethyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-trifluoromethoxy-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (216)     [5-amino-1-(2-ethyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5-trifluoromethyl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (217)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(5,6-dichloro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (218)     [5-amino-1-(2-ethyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (219)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4,5-dichloro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (220)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4,6-difluoro-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (221)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-chloro-pyridin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (222)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (223)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (224)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (225)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(5-chloro-2-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (226)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(5-chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (227)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-thiophen-3-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (228)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(4-chloropyridin-3-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (229)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(6-thiophen-2-yl-1H-indol-2-yl)-methanone; -   (230)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(3-fluoro-pyridin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (231)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[6-(2-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-4-yl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (232)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(3,3-difluoro-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (233)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholine-4-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (234)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-([1,4′]     bipiperidinyl-1′-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (235)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-{5-[4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-piperazine-1-carbonyl]-1H-indol-2-yl}-methanone; -   (236)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-{5-[4-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-piperazine-1-carbonyl]-1H-indol-2-yl}-methanone; -   (237)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-(3,3,4,4-tetrafluoro-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (238)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-((R)-3-fluoro-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (239)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[5-((S)-3-fluroro-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-1H-indol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (240)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (241)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (242)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4,5-bis-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (243)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4,5-bis-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (244)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (245)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (246)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-[4,5-bis-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-methanone; -   (247)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-benzofuran-2-yl-methanone; -   (248)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-benzo[b]     thiophen-2-yl-methanone; -   (249)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-benzothiazol-2-yl-methanone; -   (250)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-methanone; -   (251)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-(3-chloro-phenyl)-methanone; -   (252)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-methanone; -   (253)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-quinolin-7-yl-methanone;     and -   (254)     [5-amino-1-(2-methyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-quinolin-6-yl-methanone.

More specific examples include compounds in which A is indole and R₃ and R₄ are both hydrogen in formula (I) described above, and compounds shown in Tables 1 and 2 in the Examples described later can be included as examples.

The above-mentioned compounds can be produced according to the production method described in International Publication WO 2011/016528.

In the present invention, compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity as describe above include not only free forms but also pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

Such “salts” include, for example, inorganic acid salts, organic salts, inorganic base salts, organic base salts, and acidic or basic amino acid salts.

Preferred inorganic acid salts include, for example, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, nitrate, and phosphate. Preferred organic salts include, for example, acetate, succinate, fumarate, maleate, tartrate, citrate, lactate, malate, stearate, benzoate, methanesulfonate, and p-toluenesulfonate. A particularly preferred salt in the present invention is malate.

Preferred inorganic base salts include, for example, alkali metal salts such as sodium salts and potassium salts; alkali earth metal salts such as calcium salts and magnesium salts; aluminum salts; and ammonium salts. Preferred organic base salts include, for example, diethylamine salts, diethanolamine salts, meglumine salts, and N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine salts.

Preferred acidic amino acid salts include, for example, aspartate and glutamate. Preferred basic amino acid salts include, for example, arginine salts, lysine salts, and ornithine salts.

In the present invention, compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity also include hydrates thereof. Furthermore, in the present invention, compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity may absorb some type of solvents to form solvates. Such solvates are also included.

In addition, compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity in the present invention include all possible structural isomers (geometric isomers, optical isomers, stereoisomers, tautomers, etc.), and mixtures of isomers.

Compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity in the present invention also include any crystalline polymorphism thereof.

In the present invention, compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity also include prodrugs thereof “Prodrug” refers to derivatives of the compounds of the present invention which have a chemically or metabolically degradable group, and upon administration to the living body, revert to the original compounds and exhibit the original drug efficacy. The prodrugs include non-covalent complexes and salts.

In the present invention, compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity include those in which one or more atoms within the molecule have been replaced with isotopes. Herein, “isotope” refers to an atom which has the same atomic number (proton number) but different mass number (sum of protons and neutrons). The target atoms to be replaced with an isotope in the compounds of the present invention include, for example, hydrogen atom, carbon atom, nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, phosphorus atom, sulfur atom, fluorine atom, and chlorine atom. Their isotopes include ²H, ³H, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹⁵N, ¹⁷O, ¹⁸O, ³¹P, ³²P, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F, and ³⁶Cl. In particular, radioisotopes such as ¹³H and ¹⁴C, which emit radiation and decay, are useful in in vivo tissue distribution studies or such of pharmaceuticals or compounds. Stable isotopes do not decay, and thus their quantity rarely changes; and since there is no emission of radiation, stable isotopes can be used safely. The compounds of the present invention can be converted into isotope-substituted compounds according to routine methods by replacing reagents used in synthesis with reagents containing corresponding isotopes.

Herein, “anticancer agent” or “pharmaceutical composition for treating cancer” which comprises an FGFR inhibitor are used interchangeably, and refers to a cancer therapeutic composition that comprises an above-described compound having FGFR inhibitory activity and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.

The compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity of the present invention can be formulated into tablets, powders, fine granules, granules, coated tablets, capsules, syrups, troches, inhalants, suppositories, injections, ointments, eye ointments, eye drops, nasal drops, ear drops, cataplasms, lotions, and such by routine methods. For the formulation, conventional excipients, binders, lubricants, colorants, flavoring agents, and if needed, stabilizers, emulsifiers, absorbefacients, surfactants, pH adjusting agents, preservatives, antioxidants, and such can be used. The compounds of the present invention are formulated using routine methods, by combining ingredients that are generally used as materials for pharmaceutical preparations.

For example, to produce oral formulations, the compounds of the present invention or pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof are combined with excipients, and if needed, binders, disintegrating agents, lubricants, coloring agents, flavoring agents, and the like; and then formulated into powders, fine granules, granules, tablets, coated tablets, capsules, and such by routine methods.

The ingredients include, for example, animal and vegetable oils such as soybean oils, beef tallow, and synthetic glycerides; hydrocarbons such as liquid paraffin, squalane, and solid paraffin; ester oils such as octyldodecyl myristate and isopropyl myristate; higher alcohols such as cetostearyl alcohol and behenyl alcohol; silicon resins; silicon oils; surfactants such as polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, glycerin fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oils, and polyoxyethylene/polyoxypropylene block copolymers; water-soluble polymers such as hydroxyethyl cellulose, polyacrylic acids, carboxyvinyl polymers, polyethylene glycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and methyl cellulose; lower alcohols such as ethanol and isopropanol; polyalcohols such as glycerin, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and sorbitol; saccharides such as glucose and sucrose; inorganic powders such as silicic anhydride, magnesium aluminum silicate, and aluminum silicate; and purified water.

Excipients include, for example, lactose, cornstarch, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, sorbit, crystalline cellulose, and silicon dioxide.

Binders include, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl ether, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, Arabic gum, tragacanth, gelatin, shellac, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polypropylene glycol/polyoxyethylene block polymer, and meglumine.

Disintegrating agents include, for example, starch, agar, gelatin powder, crystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, calcium citrate, dextran, pectin, and calcium carboxymethyl cellulose.

Lubricants include, for example, magnesium stearate, talc, polyethylene glycol, silica, and hardened vegetable oil.

Coloring agents approved for use as additives for pharmaceuticals are used. Flavoring agents used include, for example, cacao powder, menthol, aromatic powder, peppermint oil, bomeol, and cinnamon powder.

Of course, these tablets and granules may be coated with sugar, or if needed, other appropriate coatings. Alternatively, when liquid preparations such as syrups and injections are produced, the compounds of the present invention or pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof are combined with pH adjusting agents, solubilizers, isotonizing agents, or such, and if needed, solubilizing agents, stabilizers, and such, and then formulated using routine methods.

Methods for producing external preparations are not limited, and they can be produced by conventional methods. Various conventional materials for pharmaceuticals, quasi-drugs, cosmetics, and such can be used as base materials in the production. Specifically, the base materials used include, for example, animal and vegetable oils, mineral oils, ester oils, waxes, higher alcohols, fatty acids, silicon oils, surfactants, phospholipids, alcohols, polyalcohols, water-soluble polymers, clay minerals, and purified water. Furthermore, as necessary, it is possible to add pH-adjusting agents, antioxidants, chelating agents, preservatives, colorants, flavoring agents, and such. However, the base materials for external preparations of the present invention are not limited thereto.

Furthermore, if needed, the preparations may be combined with components that have an activity of inducing differentiation, or components such as blood flow-enhancing agents, antimicrobial agents, antiphlogistic agents, cell-activating agents, vitamins, amino acids, humectants, and keratolytic agents. The amount of above-described base materials added is a quantity that provides a concentration typically selected in the production of external preparations.

The anticancer agents (granular pharmaceutical compositions for treating cancer) for administering a compound having FGFR inhibitory activity in the present invention are not particularly limited in their dosage form; and the agents may be administered orally or parenterally by commonly used methods. They can be formulated and administered as, for example, tablets, powders, granules, capsules, syrups, troches, inhalants, suppositories, injections, ointments, eye ointments, eye drops, nose drops, ear drops, cataplasms, lotions, etc.

In the present invention, the dosage of an FGFR inhibitor contained in an anticancer agent or a pharmaceutical composition for treating cancer can be appropriately selected according to the severity of symptoms, age, sex, weight, dosage form, salt type, specific type of disease, and such.

The dosage varies considerably depending on the patient's disease type, symptom severity, age, sex, sensitivity to the agent, and such. Typically, the agent is administered to an adult once or several times a day at a daily dose of about 0.03 to 1,000 mg, preferably 0.1 to 500 mg, and more preferably 0.1 to 100 mg. The agents or compositions of the present invention are administered once or several times a day. When an injection is used, the daily dose is generally about 1 g/kg to 3,000 μg/kg, and preferably about 3 g/kg to 1,000 μg/kg.

The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions for treating cancer which comprise an above-described compound having FGFR inhibitory activity, and are characterized by their use of being administered to patients expressing a fusion polypeptide of the present invention or carrying a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide.

The present invention further relates to methods for treating or preventing cancer which comprise administering an effective amount of the above-mentioned compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof to patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; use of compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof in the production of pharmaceutical compositions for cancer treatment for administration to patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof for use in treatment or prevention for patients expressing the fusion polypeptides or carrying the polynucleotides; and such.

Specifically, use of the pharmaceutical compositions for treating cancer is characterized in that whether a patient expresses the fusion polypeptide or carries a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide is tested using a fusion polypeptide of the present invention as a biomarker before an above-described anticancer agent comprising an FGFR inhibitor is administered to the patient, and the anticancer agent containing an FGFR inhibitor is administered to the patient only if the patient expresses the fusion polypeptide or carries a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide. This enables one to avoid side effects in therapies using the agent and control the therapeutic condition to produce the best therapeutic effect, thus enabling personalized medicine.

In the present invention, specifically in the case of bladder cancer, the fusion genes of the present invention are found to be significantly expressed when bladder cancer progresses to stage 3 or later in stage classification.

Stage classification of bladder cancer is, specifically, classification by TNM classification. TNM classification is composed of a T factor (initial of tumor) showing the extent of tumor, an N factor (initial of lymph node) showing the presence or absence of lymph node metastasis of tumor, and an M factor (initial of metastasis) showing the presence or absence of distal metastasis other than lymph node metastasis. Among them, cancers in which the tumor has infiltrated into the subepithelial connective tissue are classified as stage 1, those in which the tumor has infiltrated into muscularis propria are classified as stage 2, those in which the tumor has infiltrated into the fatty tissue surrounding the bladder to those in which the tumor has infiltrated into any one of prostate interstitium, uterus, or vagina are classified as stage 3, and those in which the tumor has infiltrated into either the pelvic wall or the abdomen wall, or those that show lymph node metastasis or distal metastasis are classified as stage 4. Whether a patient expresses a fusion polypeptide of the present invention or carries a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide can be tested by using methods of the present invention described above.

The present invention also relates to methods for identifying compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity.

Specifically, methods for identifying compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity in the present invention include methods comprising the steps of.

(a) culturing cells that express an above-described fusion polypeptide of the present invention in the presence or absence of a test compound and determining the level of cell proliferation; (b) comparing the proliferation level of cultured cell between in the presence and absence of the test compound; and (c) judging that the test compound has FGFR inhibitory activity when the proliferation level of the cell cultured in the presence of the test compound is lower than that of the cell cultured in the absence of the test compound.

Cells used for the above method may be living cells, established cell lines, or recombinant cells, as long as they express a fusion polypeptide of the present invention. Such recombinant cells include those introduced with an above-described vector carrying a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention.

Meanwhile, the living cells include cells collected from cancer patients. The established cell lines include cancer cell lines established from cancer cells collected from cancer patients.

In the present invention, cancer includes any cancer described above.

Methods for identifying compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity in the present invention also include those comprising the steps of:

(a) administering a test compound to a non-human mammal transplanted with cells that express an above-described fusion polypeptide of the present invention and determining the proliferation level of the cells; (b) comparing the cell proliferation level determined in step (a) with that determined using a non-human mammal transplanted with the cells but not administered with the test compound; and (c) judging that the test compound has FGFR inhibitory activity when the cell proliferation level determined in step (a) is lower than that determined using a non-human mammal transplanted with the cells but not administered with the test compound.

Cells used for the above method may be living cells, established cell lines, or recombinant cells, as long as they express a fusion polypeptide of the present invention. Such recombinant cells include those introduced with an above-described vector carrying a polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide of the present invention.

Meanwhile, the living cells include cells collected from cancer patients. The established cell lines include cancer cell lines established from cancer cells collected from cancer patients.

In the present invention, cancer includes any cancer described above.

In the methods of the present invention, the cell proliferation level can be tested according to routine methods, for example, by colorimetric methods that measure the enzyme activity of reducing a dye (MTT, XTT, MTS, WST, etc.) to formazan dye (purple).

When the above-described cells are cancer cells, the cell proliferation level can also be determined by measuring the volume or weight of tumor formed as a result of cell proliferation.

In the present invention, methods for identifying compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity also comprise embodiments that use reporter gene assays.

Reporter genes include commonly-used genes encoding arbitrary fluorescent proteins, for example, the green fluorescent protein (GFP) derived from Aequorea coerulescens, luciferase derived from Renilla reniformis or such, reef coral fluorescent proteins (RCFPs) derived from hermatypic coral, fruit fluorescent proteins, and variants thereof.

In the present invention, reporter gene assay can be carried out, for example, as follows.

Recombinant cells are prepared by transforming cells that are typically used for producing recombinant proteins with an expression vector inserted with a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide of the present invention and a gene encoding a reporter protein, so that the reporter protein-encoding gene is transcribed into mRNA dependently on the signal that transcribes the fusion polypeptide-encoding polynucleotide into mRNA. A test compound is contacted with the obtained transformed cells. Whether the compound affects the expression of the fusion polypeptide is indirectly analyzed by determining the expression level of the fusion polypeptide, which depends on the compound activity, by measuring the intensity of fluorescence emitted by the reporter protein simultaneously expressed with the fusion polypeptide (for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,436,128; 5,401,629).

Identification of the compounds using the above-described assay can be achieved by manual operation; however, it can also be done readily and simply by so-called “high-throughput screening” using robots automatically (Soshiki Baiyou Kougaku (The Tissue Culture Engineering), Vol. 23, No. 13, p. 521-524; U.S. Pat. No. 5,670,113).

Hereinbelow, the present invention is specifically described using the Examples, but it is not to be construed as being limited thereto.

Unless otherwise specified, each assay step can be performed according to known methods.

Meanwhile, when using commercially available reagents, kits, or such, assays can be performed according to manuals included in the commercial products.

All prior art documents cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety.

Example 1 Expression of Fusion Polypeptides Between FGFR3 and Other Polypeptides in Various Cancer Cells (1) RNA Analysis

RNA was extracted with the miRNeasy Mini Kit (QIAGEN) from each of the four FGFR3-expressing human cell lines derived from bladder cancer, RT112/84 (available from European Collection of Cell Cultures (ECACC); catalog No. 85061106), RT4 (available from American Type Culture Collection (ATCC); catalog No. HTB-2), SW780 (available from ATCC; catalog No. CRL-2169), and BFTC-905 (available from Deutsche Sammlung von Mikroorganismen und Zellkulturen GmbH (DSMZ); catalog No. ACC 361). The sequences were determined using paired-end reads (Read Length: 2×75 bp) of the HiSeq™ Sequencing system (Illumina).

The determined nucleotide sequences were mapped to Refseq transcripts by referring to an existing method (Maher et al., PNAS, Jul. 28, 2009, 106(30): 12353-12358) to search for candidate fusion genes by looking for pairs of nucleotide sequences that are mapped to different genes. Furthermore, fusion sites were identified using nucleotide sequences that are not mapped to any Refseq transcript, in which one partner of the pair is mapped to one partner in a candidate fusion gene.

As a result, polynucleotides encoding a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3, a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3, and a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1 were identified from the three types of bladder cancer cell lines: RT112/84, RT4, and SW780. This suggests that the fusion polypeptides were expressed in these cell lines. Meanwhile, a polynucleotide encoding a wild-type FGFR3 polypeptide was confirmed in BFTC-905 cells.

(2) cDNA Analysis

cDNAs were synthesized by reverse transcription using a reverse transcription kit, Transcriptor Universal cDNA Master (Roche), according to the instruction manual protocol attached to the kit. The RNAs used in Example 1(1), which were extracted from the three types of cells suggested to express a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and TACC3 or a fusion polypeptide of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1, were each used as a template.

PCR was carried out (35 cycles of 15 seconds at 94° C., 30 seconds at 55° C., and one minute at 68° C.) using each of the prepared cDNAs as a template with DNA polymerase KOD-Plus-Ver. 2 (Toyobo), and a pair of oligonucleotide primers (set 1) having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1 (F3fu-F3: gtgcacaacctcgactactacaag) and SEQ ID NO: 2 (RT112-R3: gtaatcctccacgcacttcttc), a pair of oligonucleotide primers (set 2) having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1 (F3fu-F3: gtgcacaacctcgactactacaag) and SEQ ID NO: 5 (RT4-R3: gggtgtcactcttctgtctaagga), or a pair of oligonucleotide primers (set 3) having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 3 (F3fu-F2) tgtttgaccgagtctacactcacc) and SEQ ID NO: 4 (SW780-R2: gacatgtcccagttcagttgac). Then, electrophoresis was performed.

The results showed that with primer set 1, a band of about 670 bp was observed only when the cDNA synthesized from RT112/84 RNA was used as a template. In the amplification with primer set 2, a band of about 610 bp was observed only when the cDNA synthesized from RT4 RNA was used as template. In the amplification with primer set 3, a band of about 450 bp was observed only when the cDNA synthesized from SW780 RNA was used as a template.

Sequencing was performed by Sanger's sequencing method with BigDye™ Terminator v3.1 Cycle Sequencing Kit (Life Technologies) using each PCR product as a template to determine the nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 14) of the fusion site in the fusion polynucleotide of FGFR3 and TACC3 (FGFR3-TACC3 polynucleotide v1) expressed in RT112/84, the nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 15) of the fusion site in the fusion polynucleotide of FGFR3 and TACC3 (FGFR3-TACC3 polynucleotide v2) expressed in RT4, and the nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 16) of the fusion site in the fusion polynucleotide of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1 (FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 polynucleotide) expressed in SW780.

Based on the information obtained as described above, the nucleotide sequences of cDNAs encoding each fusion polypeptide (full-length) were determined by a common method.

The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA encoding the fusion polypeptide (full-length) of FGFR3 and TACC3 expressed in RT112/84 and its amino acid sequence are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 27 and 28, respectively.

The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA encoding the fusion polypeptide (full-length) of FGFR3 and TACC3 expressed in RT4 and its amino acid sequence are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 29 and 30, respectively.

Results of analyzing the nucleotide sequence of the cDNA showed that the nucleotide sequence at positions 2,281 to 2,379 of SEQ ID NO: 29 is an intron-derived nucleic acid sequence of a gene encoding FGFR3, and encodes the amino acid sequence at positions 761 to 793 of SEQ ID NO: 30.

The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA encoding the fusion polypeptide (full-length) of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1 expressed in SW780 and its amino acid sequence are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 31 and 32, respectively.

As described above, while there are two types of wild-type polypeptides for human FGFR3 which comprise the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 6 and 7, respectively, the N-terminal FGFR3-derived portions in these fusion polypeptides are those of wild-type FGFR3 that has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6.

Based on these test results, it is assumed that two types of fusion polypeptides of TACC3 and the other wild-type FGFR3 that has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, and a fusion polypeptide of BAIAP2L1 and the other wild-type FGFR3 that has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7 are expressed in various types of human-derived cancer cells.

The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA encoding a fusion polypeptide (full-length) of TACC3 and wild-type FGFR3 that has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, and its amino acid sequence are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 33 and 34, respectively.

The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA encoding another fusion polypeptide (full-length) of TACC3 and wild-type FGFR3 that has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, and its amino acid sequence are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 35 and 36, respectively.

Here, the nucleotide sequence at positions 2,275 to 2,373 of the cDNA nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35 is a nucleic acid sequence derived from an intron of a gene encoding FGFR3, and encodes the amino acid sequence at positions 759 to 791 of SEQ ID NO: 36.

The nucleotide sequence of the cDNA encoding another fusion polypeptide (full-length) of BAIAP2L1 and wild-type FGFR3 that has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, and its amino acid sequence are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 37 and 38, respectively.

Furthermore, the presence of an FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polynucleotide was suspected in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, and lung squamous cell carcinoma, while the presence of an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polynucleotide was suspected in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, and skin melanoma.

Example 2

Analysis of Various FGFR Inhibitors for their Activities of Inhibiting the Kinase Activity of FGFR1, FGFR2, and FGFR3, and Inhibiting the Cell Proliferation of Cell Lines Expressing the FGFR3-TACC3 Fusion Polypeptide 1. Analysis of Various FGFR Inhibitors for their Activity of Inhibiting the Kinase Activity of FGFR1, FGFR2, and FGFR3 (In Vitro)

(1) Inhibitory Activity Against the FGFR1 Enzyme

The FGFR1 inhibitory activities of compounds listed in Tables 1-1 to 1-5 were measured based on their activity to inhibit phosphorylation of the biotinylated peptide (EGPWLEEEEEAYGWMDF; SEQ ID NO: 39) by a human FGFR1 enzyme (Carna Biosciences, cat 08-133). Phosphorylated biotinylated peptide was detected by time-resolved fluorometry using a europium cryptate-linked anti-phosphotyrosine antibody, and streptavidin linked to an allophycocyanin derivative, XL665. The half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC₅₀) was calculated based on the inhibitory rate against the control group which does not contain the test substance.

The test result for each compound is shown in Tables 1-1 to 1-5.

(2) Inhibitory Activity Against the FGFR2 Enzyme

The FGFR2 inhibitory activities of compounds listed in Tables 1-1 to 1-5 were measured based on their activity to inhibit phosphorylation of the biotinylated peptide (EGPWLEEEEEAYGWMDF; SEQ ID NO: 39) by human FGFR2 enzyme prepared using a baculovirus expression system. Phosphorylated biotinylated peptide was detected by time-resolved fluorometry using europium cryptate-linked anti-phosphotyrosine antibody, and streptavidin linked to an allophycocyanin derivative, XL665. The half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC₅₀) was calculated based on the inhibitory rate against the control group which does not contain the test substance.

The test result for each compound is shown in Tables 1-1 to 1-5.

(3) Inhibitory Activity Against the FGFR3 Enzyme

The FGFR3 inhibitory activities of compounds listed in Tables 1-1 to 1-5 were measured based on their activity to inhibit phosphorylation of the biotinylated peptide (EGPWLEEEEEAYGWMDF; SEQ ID NO: 39) by human FGFR3 enzyme (Carna Biosciences, cat 08-135). Phosphorylated biotinylated peptide was detected by time-resolved fluorometry using europium cryptate-linked anti-phosphotyrosine antibody, and streptavidin linked to an allophycocyanin derivative, XL665. The half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC₅₀) was calculated based on the inhibitory rate against the control group which does not contain the test substance.

The test result for each compound is shown in Tables 1-1 to 1-5.

(4) Inhibitory Activity of FGFR Inhibitors on the Cell Proliferation of Cell Lines (In Vitro)

Cells of a bladder cancer-derived cell line RT-4 which expresses an FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide, and cells of a colon cancer-derived cell line HCT116 which does not express an FGFR3 fusion polypeptide, were plated in 96-well plates, and cultured for four days in the presence of DMSO (used as a control) or each of the compounds listed in Tables 1-1 to 1-5 in 2-fold serial dilutions (18 steps) at a maximum concentration of 50 M. Four days later, the cell proliferation level was determined using WST-8 (DOJINDO LABORATORIES).

The inhibitory activity of each compound on the cell proliferation of each cell line was calculated according to:

(1−T/C)×100(%)

where T represents absorbance at 450 nM in wells where cells were incubated in the presence of a compound at various concentrations, and C represents absorbance at 450 nM in wells where cells were incubated in the presence of DMSO. IC50 was calculated using the least-square method.

As shown in Tables 1-1 to 1-5, the result showed that the 50% cell proliferation inhibitory concentration (IC50) for cells expressing the fusion polypeptide was significantly lower than that for cells that do not express the fusion polypeptide.

TABLE 1-1 HCT116 RT-4 FGFR1 FGFR2 FGFR3 (CRC) (Bladder) IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ COMPOUND (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) 1

0.0014 0.0034 0.0035 4.1 0.02 2

0.0069 0.0084 0.018 2.7 0.016 3

0.0027 0.0043 0.0054 2.9 0.018 4

0.00067 0.0085 0.030 9.5 0.018 5

0.00032 0.012 0.012 11 0.021 6

0.00081 0.012 0.0037 12 0.024 7

0.0029 0.0094 0.13 3.2 0.024 8

0.0096 0.023 0.034 11 0.029 9

0.010 0.015 0.046 6.3 0.030 10

0.009 0.0062 0.032 >50 0.039 11

0.011 0.017 0.065 5.7 0.052 12

0.045 0.021 0.082 7.2 0.058 13

0.036 0.010 0.35 0.39 0.065 14

0.038 0.0076 0.10 3.1 0.075 15

0.035 0.016 0.36 19 0.076

TABLE 1-2 HCT116 RT-4 FGFR1 FGFR2 FGFR3 (CRC) (Bladder) IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ COMPOUND (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) 16

0.23 0.20 0.40 17 0.076 17

0.011 0.012 0.041 3.8 0.077 18

0.048 0.021 0.079 11 0.082 19

0.017 0.017 0.070 2.5 0.084 20

0.029 0.025 0.082 >50 0.088 21

0.021 0.020 0.090 21 0.088 22

0.016 0.0086 0.21 1.2 0.089 23

0.087 0.11 0.13 10 0.09 24

0.023 0.016 0.060 >50 0.092 25

0.018 0.012 0.045 >100 0.098 26

0.022 0.0055 0.094 11 0.13 27

0.015 0.023 0.077 25 0.15 28

0.048 0.039 0.16 21 0.2 29

0.03 0.015 0.14 8.5 0.16 30

0.033 0.020 0.077 13 0.16

TABLE 1-3 HCT116 RT-4 FGFR1 FGFR2 FGFR3 (CRC) (Bladder) IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ COMPOUND (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) 31

0.039 0.018 0.077 2 0.17 32

0.043 0.039 0.015 8.7 0.18 33

0.15 0.056 0.95 4.4 0.18 34

0.050 0.026 0.23 3.8 0.19 35

0.043 0.022 0.086 7.8 0.19 36

0.075 0.040 0.38 4.8 0.19 37

0.040 0.015 0.080 8.9 0.19 38

0.022 0.012 0.16 6.1 0.21 39

0.024 0.0083 0.37 11 0.21 40

0.042 0.026 0.15 19 0.22 41

0.053 0.017 0.21 >20 0.24 42

0.043 0.021 0.15 15 0.25 43

0.060 0.027 0.13 >50 0.25 44

0.030 0.0089 0.11 10 0.26 45

0.0027 0.0032 0.0054 9.4 0.29

TABLE 1-4 HCT116 RT-4 FGFR1 FGFR2 FGFR3 (CRC) (Bladder) IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ COMPOUND (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) 46

0.056 0.021 0.068 37 0.3 47

0.0079 0.011 0.036 14 0.320 48

0.027 0.018 0.12 37 0.32 49

0.0050 0.023 0.018 13 0.350 50

0.091 0.057 0.37 34 0.39 51

0.076 0.036 0.80 5.1 0.41 52

0.093 0.019 0.35 10 0.44 53

0.057 0.014 0.67 >20 0.44 54

0.038 0.022 0.082 >20 0.46 55

0.033 0.038 0.068 16 0.48 56

0.091 0.026 1.3 19 0.49 57

0.095 0.040 0.32 >20 0.51 58

0.0055 0.0040 0.029 12 0.56 59

0.046 0.016 0.25 3.3 0.58 60

0.030 0.0054 0.0031 17 0.6

TABLE 1-5 HCT116 RT-4 FGFR1 FGFR2 FGFR3 (CRC) (Bladder) IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ COMPOUND (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) (μmol/L) 61

0.14 0.078 0.37 9.1 0.62 62

0.060 0.029 0.18 1.7 0.64 63

0.077 0.022 0.32 13 0.67 64

0.042 0.031 0.36 1.2 0.68 65

0.031 0.020 0.11 23 0.68 66

0.025 0.048 0.043 >50 0.74 67

0.0030 0.0043 0.0067 7.3 0.75 68

0.092 0.037 0.33 >2 0.91 69

0.12 0.11 0.38 4.3 0.92 70

0.031 0.0085 0.50 9 0.97 71

0.051 0.034 0.18 3.8 0.99

Example 3

Analysis of FGFR Inhibitors on their Cell Proliferation Inhibitory Activity Against Various Cell Lines Expressing the FGFR3-TACC3 Fusion Polypeptide or FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide

(1) Cell Proliferation Inhibitory Activity of FGFR Inhibitors Against Various Cell Lines (In Vitro)

Six compounds A to F (Tables 2-1 and 2-2), which are substances that suppress the kinase activity of FGFR, were assessed for their effect on cell proliferation in a total of six types of human bladder cancer-derived cell lines: three types of cell lines expressing an FGFR3-TACC3 or FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide: RT112/84 (available from ECACC; catalog No. 85061106), RT4 (available from ATCC; catalog No. HTB-2), and SW780 (available from ATCC; catalog No. CRL-2169); cell line BFTC-905 (available from DSMZ; catalog No. ACC 361) which expresses the wild-type FGFR polypeptide but does not express the fusion polypeptides; cell line UM-UC-14 (available from ECACC; catalog No. 08090509) which expresses the mutated type FGFR polypeptide but does not express the fusion polypeptides; and cell line HT-1376 (available from ATCC; catalog No. CRL-1472) which does not express FGFR3.

The cells plated in 96-well plates (RT112/84, BFTC-905, and UM-UC-14: 3.0E+03 cells/well; SW780, RT4, and HT-1376: 5.0E+03 cells/well) were cultured for four days in the presence of DMSO (used as a control) or each compound in three-fold serial dilutions (9 steps) at a maximum concentration of 20 M. Four days later, the cell proliferation level was determined using WST-8 (DOJINDO LABORATORIES).

The cell proliferation inhibitory activity of each compound against each cell line was calculated according to:

(1−T/C)×100(%)

where T represents absorbance at 450 nM in wells where cells were incubated in the presence of a compound at various concentrations, and C represents absorbance at 450 nM in wells where cells were incubated in the presence of DMSO. IC50 was calculated using the least-square method.

As shown in Table 3, the result showed that the 50% cell proliferation inhibitory concentration (IC50) against cells expressing the fusion polypeptides was significantly lower than that against cells that do not express the fusion polypeptides.

TABLE 2-1 CODE STRUCTURAL FORMULA/CHEMICAL NAME A

B COMPOUND REPRESENTED BY [COMPOUND 2]

C COMPOUND REPRESENTED BY [COMPOUND 3]

TABLE 2-2 CODE STRUCTURAL FORMULA/CHEMICAL NAME D COMPOUND REPRESENTED BY [COMPOUND 4]

E COMPOUND REPRESENTED BY [COMPOUND 5]

F COMPOUND REPRESENTED BY [COMPOUND 6]

TABLE 3 IC50 (μmol/L) COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND CELL NAME A B C D E F UM-UC-14 0.11 0.010 0.016 0.017 0.066 0.075 RT112/84 0.018 0.014 0.017 0.018 0.15 0.13 SW780 0.12 0.069 0.16 1.1 0.53 0.57 RT4 0.35 0.18 0.25 0.23 0.24 0.25 BFTC-905 >10 14 11 >20 2.5 2.8 HT-1376 >10 11 6.7 10 1.1 0.62

(2) Cell Proliferation Inhibitory Activity of FGFR Inhibitors Against Cells Expressing the FGFR3-TACC3 Fusion Polypeptide (In Vivo)

Antitumor effect was assessed using cancer-bearing mice prepared by transplanting cells of the human bladder cancer cell line RT112/84 (ECACC) subcutaneously in the inguinal region of BALB/c nude mice (Charles River Japan, Inc.).

Nude mice were quarantined for about one week before use, and subjected to subcutaneous transplantation of about 1×10⁷ RT112/84 cells in the inguinal region. When the tumor size reached about 200 mm³, the mice were used in experiments.

Compound A was suspended in a solution containing 10% DMSO, 0% Cremophor EL, 15% PEG400, and 15% HPCD, and orally administered to the mice at a dose of 20 mL/kg once a day.

Antitumor effect was determined by comparing the tumor growth during 11 days after the first day of administration (Day 10 when the first day of administration is set at Day 0) with that of the control group.

Tumor growth inhibitory effect (TGI)=(1−[Average tumor growth level of treated group]/[Average tumor growth level of control group])×100(%)

The result is shown in Table 4.

FGFR inhibitors exhibited a markedly significant tumor growth inhibitory effect in mice bearing tumor cells expressing the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide in a concentration-dependent manner.

TABLE 4 ANTITUMOR EFFECT DOSE (mg/kg) TGI AFTER 11 DAYS (%) Vehicle — COMPOUND A 25 61 50 86 100 125

Example 4 Detection of Polynucleotides Encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 or FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide in Clinical Specimens

(1) Detection of Polynucleotide v1 which Encodes the FGFR3-TACC3 Fusion Polypeptide

In order to detect the cDNA of polynucleotide v1 encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide in clinical samples, PCR was carried out (42 cycles of 10 seconds at 98° C., 15 seconds at 60° C., and one minute at 68° C.) with Tks Gflex™ DNA Polymerase (Takara bio) using, as primers, oligonucleotides having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, and as a substrate, cDNA (Origene) derived from bladder cancer samples collected from bladder cancer patients (20 patients) or cDNA synthesized from RT112/84 (ECACC) RNA. Each of the amplified samples was electrophoresed together with size marker DNAs (Invitrogen).

As shown in FIG. 1, the result showed that cDNA fragments of polynucleotide v1 encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide were not detected in the clinical samples.

(2) Detection of Polynucleotide v2 which Encodes the FGFR3-TACC3 Fusion Polypeptide

In order to detect the cDNA of polynucleotide v2 encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide in clinical samples, PCR was carried out (42 cycles of 10 seconds at 98° C., 15 seconds at 60° C., and one minute at 68° C.) with Tks Gflex™ DNA Polymerase (Takara bio) using as primers, oligonucleotides having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 5, and as a substrate, cDNA (Origene) derived from bladder cancer samples collected from bladder cancer patients (20 patients) or cDNA synthesized from RT4 (ATCC) RNA. Each of the amplified samples was electrophoresed together with size marker DNAs (Invitrogen).

As shown in FIG. 2, the result showed that a cDNA fragment of polynucleotide v2 encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide was detected in a single case.

The above finding shows that the method described above allows detection of polynucleotide v2 encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide in samples derived from clinical specimens of bladder cancer, and thus enables selection of patients who are positive for polynucleotide v2 encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide.

(3) Detection of a Polynucleotide Encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide

In order to detect cDNA for an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 polynucleotide in clinical samples, PCR was carried out (42 cycles of 10 seconds at 98° C., 15 seconds at 60° C., and one minute at 68° C.) with Tks Gflex™ DNA Polymerase (Takara bio) using, as primers, oligonucleotides having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, and, as a substrate, cDNA (Origene) derived from bladder cancer samples collected from bladder cancer patients (20 patients) or cDNA synthesized from SW780 (ATCC) RNA. Each of the amplified samples was electrophoresed together with size marker DNAs (Invitrogen).

As shown in FIG. 3, the result showed that a cDNA fragment of the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polynucleotide was detected in a total of two cases.

The above finding shows that the method described above allows detection of a polynucleotide encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide in samples derived from clinical specimens of bladder cancer, and thus enables selection of patients who are positive for a polynucleotide encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide.

Example 5 Detection of Polynucleotides Encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide and FGFR3-TACC3 Fusion Polypeptide in Clinical Specimens of Various Types of Cancers (1) Detection of a Polynucleotide Encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide in Clinical Specimens of Lung Cancer (Non-Bladder Cancer) (Test 1)

In order to detect cDNA for an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 polynucleotide from clinical specimens of non-bladder cancer, PCR was carried out (42 cycles of 98° C. for 10 seconds, 60° C. for 15 seconds, and 68° C. for one minute) with Tks Gflex™ DNA Polymerase (TAKARA BIO INC.) using a pair of oligonucleotide primers having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 3 (F3fu-F2: tgtttgaccgagtctacactcacc) and SEQ ID NO: 4 (SW780-R₂: gacatgtcccagttcagttgac), and, as a substrate, 40 samples of cDNAs derived from clinical specimens of lung cancer (OriGene) and cDNA synthesized from SW780 RNA. The amplified samples were electrophoresed together with a size marker DNA (Invitrogen).

As shown in FIG. 4A, the result showed that a cDNA fragment of a polynucleotide encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide was detected in a total of one case.

Furthermore, in order to confirm reproducibility, PCR was carried out (42 cycles of 98° C. for 10 seconds, 60° C. for 15 seconds, and 68° C. for one minute) with Tks Gflex™ DNA Polymerase (TAKARA BIO INC.) using a pair of oligonucleotide primers having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 17 (F3fu-F1: caactgcacacacgacctgta) and SEQ ID NO: 18 (SW780-R1: ccatcgtagtaggcttttcctg), and, as a substrate, cDNAs derived from the same clinical specimens of lung cancer and cDNA synthesized from SW780 RNA. The amplified samples were electrophoresed together with a size marker DNA (Invitrogen).

As shown FIG. 4B, the result showed that a cDNA fragment of a polynucleotide encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide was detected in a total of one case. The above finding shows that the method described above allows detection of a polynucleotide encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide in cDNAs derived from clinical specimens of non-bladder cancer with different types of primers, and thus enables selection of patients who are positive for a polynucleotide encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide.

(2) Detection of Polynucleotides Encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptides in Clinical Specimens of Lung Cancer (Non-Bladder Cancer) (Test 2)

PCR was carried out (35 cycles of 98° C. for 10 seconds, 60° C. for 15 seconds, and 68° C. for one minute) with Tks Gflex™ DNA Polymerase (TAKARA BIO INC.) using a pair of oligonucleotide primers (Set 3) having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 3 (F3fu-F2: tgtttgaccgagtctacactcacc) and SEQ ID NO: 4 (SW780-R2: gacatgtcccagttcagttgac), and, as a substrate, 83 samples of cDNAs derived from clinical specimens of lung cancer (OnGene). The presence or absence of DNA amplification was confirmed for each sample by agarose gel electrophoresis. DNA bands having the size of interest were detected in two specimens, and it was determined by DNA sequence analysis (Sanger method) that they are cDNA fragment sequences derived from FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polynucleotides. Accordingly, the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polynucleotide was confirmed to exist in cDNAs derived from clinical cancer specimens.

(3) Detection of Polynucleotides Encoding the FGFR3-TACC3 Fusion Polypeptides in Clinical Specimens of Lung Cancer, Esophageal Cancer, Gastric Cancer, and Liver Cancer (all are Non-Bladder Cancers)

PCR was carried out (35 cycles of 98° C. for 10 seconds, 60° C. for 15 seconds, and 68° C. for one minute) with Tks Gflex™ DNA Polymerase (TAKARA BIO INC.) using a pair of oligonucleotide primers (Set 1) having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1 (F3fu-F3: gtgcacaacctcgactactacaag) and SEQ ID NO: 2 (RT112-R3: gtaatcctccacgcacttcttc), and, as a substrate, 83 samples of cDNAs derived from clinical specimens of lung cancer (OnGene), 18 samples of cDNAs derived from clinical specimens of esophageal cancer (OnGene), five samples of cDNAs derived from clinical specimens of gastric cancer (OnGene), and five samples of cDNAs derived from clinical specimens of liver cancer (OriGene). The presence or absence of DNA amplification was confirmed for each sample by agarose gel electrophoresis. DNA bands having the size of interest were detected in the specimens from two cases of lung cancer, two cases of esophageal cancer, one case of gastric cancer, and one case of liver cancer; and it was determined by DNA sequence analysis (Sanger method) that they are cDNA fragment sequences derived from FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polynucleotides. Accordingly, the FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polynucleotides were confirmed to exist in cDNAs derived from clinical specimens of various types of cancers.

(4) Detection of Polynucleotides Encoding the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptides in Bladder Cancer Cell Lines Using the FISH Method

In order to detect the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion genes in bladder cancer cell lines using the fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) method, an experiment was performed using the following two probe sets and formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded (FFPE) samples of bladder cancer cell lines RT112/84 and SW780.

FISH analysis was performed by using FGFR3 Split Dual Color FISH Probe (Split signal probe set, GSP Lab., Inc.) to detect translocation of a part of the FGFR3 gene on human chromosome 4 to another chromosome, and by using FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1 FISH Probe (Fusion signal probe set, GSP Lab., Inc.) to detect integration of the FGFR3 gene on human chromosome 4 and the BAIAP2L1 gene on human chromosome 7 into the same chromosome.

As shown in FIG. 5, the results confirmed that, in FFPE samples prepared from SW780, signals of two colors were detected separately by FISH analysis with a Split signal probe (A2 of FIG. 5), and merged signal of two colors was detected by FISH analysis with a Fusion signal probe set (B2 of FIG. 5). Accordingly, the above-mentioned method showed that separation of the FGFR3 gene and fusion of the FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1 genes can be detected by the FISH method.

Example 6

Evaluation of Various Cell Lines that Express an FGFR3-TACC3 Fusion Polypeptide or an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide

(1) Evaluation of FGFR3-Dependency of Various Cell Lines

siRNA against FGFR3 or BAIAP2L1 was added to a total of four types of cells: bladder cancer-derived human cell lines RT4 and SW780 which express an FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide or an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide; the UM-UC-14 cell line which expresses a mutant FGFR3 polypeptide but does not express the fusion polypeptides; and the BFTC-905 cell line which express the wild-type FGFR3 polypeptide but does not express the fusion polypeptides, and effects of each type of siRNA on cell proliferation were examined.

The ON-TARGETplus siRNA Reagents (Thermo Fisher Scientific) were used for the siRNAs.

The cells plated in 96-well plates (UM-UC-14 and BFTC-905: 1.5E+03 cells/well; and SW780 and RT4: 2.5E+03 cells/well) were cultured for seven days in the presence of each siRNA or mock siRNA (used as a control) in ten-fold serial dilutions (3 steps) at a maximum concentration of 10 nM. Cell proliferation after seven days was measured by CellTiter-Glo™ Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega).

As shown in FIG. 6, the result showed that the proliferation activity of cells which express a wild-type FGFR3 polypeptide but does not express the fusion polypeptides were not inhibited by siRNAs against each of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1. On the other hand, the proliferation activity of the cell line which expresses a mutant FGFR3 polypeptide but does not express the fusion polypeptides, and the proliferation activity of cells which express an FGFR3-TACC3 fusion polypeptide were inhibited only by siRNA against FGFR3. On the other hand, proliferation of cells expressing an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide was confirmed to be inhibited by either of the siRNAs against each of FGFR3 and BAIAP2L1.

(2) Evaluation of Apoptosis Induction by an FGFR Inhibitor Against Cancer Cells that Express an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide

Each of six compounds A to F (Tables 2-1 and 2-2), which are substances that suppress the kinase activity of FGFR, were added to a total of four types of cells: bladder cancer-derived human cell line SW780 which expresses an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide; the BFTC-905 cell line which expresses the wild-type FGFR polypeptide but does not express the fusion polypeptides; the UM-UC-14 cell line which expresses the mutant FGFR3 polypeptide but does not express the fusion polypeptides; and the HT-1376 cell line which does not express FGFR3 to assess whether apoptosis was induced.

The cells plated in a PrimeSurface™ 96U plates (Sumitomo Bakelite Co. Ltd.) (UM-UC-14 and BFTC-905: 3.0E+03 cells/well; and SW780 and HT-1376: 5.0E+03 cells/well) were cultured for four days in the presence of DMSO (used as a control) or each compound in three-fold serial dilutions (4 steps) at a maximum concentration of 20 M. Cell proliferation and caspase activity after four days was measured by CellTiter-Glo™ Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega) Caspase-Glo™ 3/7 assay (Promega), respectively. The sum of caspase activity in a single well measured by Caspase-Glo™ 3/7 was divided by the relative viable cell count in a single well calculated from the CellTiter-Glo™ value to calculate the Apoptosis value. Apoptosis induction in each cell was evaluated by dividing the Apoptosis value by the Apoptosis value for each cell calculated under the DMSO-added conditions.

As shown in FIG. 7, the results confirmed that while apoptosis was not induced by the inhibitor in cells unresponsive to an FGFR inhibitor, apoptosis was induced by the FGFR inhibitor in cells responsive to an FGFR inhibitor.

(3) In Vivo Cell Proliferation Inhibitory Activity of FGFR Inhibitors Against Cells Expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide

Antitumor effect was assessed using cancer-bearing mice prepared by transplanting cells of the human bladder cancer cell line SW780 (ATCC) subcutaneously in the inguinal region of BALB/c nude mice (Charles River Japan, Inc.). Nude mice were quarantined for about one week before use, and subjected to subcutaneous transplantation of 5×10⁶ SW780 cells in the inguinal region. When the tumor size reached about 200 mm³, the mice were used in experiments. Compound A was suspended in a solution containing 10% DMSO, 10% Cremophor EL, 15% PEG400, and 15% HPCD, and orally administered to the mice at 20 mL/kg once a day. Antitumor effect was determined by comparing the tumor growth during 11 days after the first day of administration (Day 10 when the first day of administration is set at Day 0) with that of the control group.

Tumor growth inhibitory effect (TGI)=(1−[Average tumor growth level of treated group]/[Average tumor growth level of control group])×100(%)

The result is shown in Table 5.

FGFR inhibitors exhibited a markedly significant tumor growth inhibitory effect in mice bearing tumor cells expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide in a concentration-dependent manner.

TABLE 5 ANTITUMOR EFFECT DOSE (mg/kg) TGI AFTER 11 DAYS(%) Vehicle — COMPOUND A 25 47 50 79 100 111

Example 7 Examination of Transforming Ability and Tumorigenic Ability of FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptides (1) Evaluation of Transforming Ability of an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide

A cDNA (SEQ ID NO: 10) encoding FGFR3 (SEQ ID NO: 6) and a cDNA (SEQ ID NO: 31) encoding FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 (SEQ ID NO: 32) were each subcloned into a lentiviral expression vector pReceiver-Lv156 (GeneCopoeia); and lentivirus for expression of each polypeptide was produced using the Lenti-Pac™ Lentiviral Packaging Systems (GeneCopoeia).

Rat fetus-derived RAT-2 cells were infected with each lentivirus, and the cells were cultured under a condition with a selection marker Puromycin to establish RAT-2 cells that stably express the FGFR3 polypeptide or the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide. As shown in FIG. 8, morphological changes of the established cells stably expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide were observed in monolayer culture.

Untreated RAT-2 cells (parent cells), RAT-2 cells stably expressing the FGFR3 polypeptide, or RAT-2 cells stably expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide plated at 2.0×10³ cells/well in a PrimeSurface™ 96U plate (Sumitomo Bakelite Co. Ltd.) were cultured for 14 days. As shown in FIG. 9, when the cells after 14 days were observed and photographed, scaffold-independent cell proliferation was found to be enhanced only in RAT-2 cells stably expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide.

From the result, the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide was confirmed to have transforming ability in normal cells.

(2) Evaluation of the Transforming Ability of an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide Lacking a Dimerization-Promoting Region

A cDNA encoding FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 ABAR, which lacks the BAR domain which is a region promoting dimerization of the BAIAP2L1 polypeptide (amino acid sequence: SEQ ID NO: 8/nucleic acid sequence: SEQ ID NO: 12), was produced by a site-directed mutagenesis method using the PCR method. cDNAs encoding each of FGFR3 (same as the above), FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 (same as the above), and FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 ABAR were subcloned into the pCXND3 vector (KAKETSUKEN) to produce vectors for expressing each of the polypeptides.

The pCXND3 vector (vehicle) or a vector for expressing each polypeptide was introduced into human embryonic kidney 293 cells using the FuGENE™ HD Transfection Reagent (Promega). One day later, the cells were collected as cell lysates using Cell Lysis Buffer (Cell Signaling Technology). As shown in FIG. 10, when each cell lysate was analyzed by Western blotting using a Phospho-FGF Receptor (Tyr653/654) Antibody (Cell Signaling Technology) or an anti-FGFR3 antibody (Santa Cruz), FGFR phosphorylation which was enhanced on the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide was confirmed to be attenuated in the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 ABAR fusion polypeptide lacking the BAR domain which is a region promoting dimerization of the BAIAP2L1 polypeptide.

Furthermore, by a method similar to that of the aforementioned examination (1), RAT-2 cells that stably express the BAIAP2L1 polypeptide (the same as the above) or the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 ABAR fusion polypeptide (the same as the above) were established using lentiviruses.

Untreated RAT-2 cells (parent cells), RAT-2 cells stably expressing the FGFR3 polypeptide, RAT-2 cells stably expressing the BAIAP2L1 polypeptide, RAT-2 cells stably expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide, or RAT-2 cells stably expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 ABAR fusion polypeptide were plated at 2.0×10³ cells/well in a PrimeSurface™ 96U plate (Sumitomo Bakelite Co. Ltd.), and cultured for 14 days. The cell count after 14 days was determined by the CellTiter-Glo™ Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega). As shown in FIG. 11, it was observed that RAT-2 cells stably expressing the BAIAP2L1 polypeptide did not have scaffold-independent cell proliferation ability, and scaffold-independent cell proliferation ability observed in RAT-2 cells stably expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide was lost in RAT-2 cells stably expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 ABAR fusion polypeptide.

Accordingly, the transforming ability of an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide on normal cells was confirmed to be caused by enhanced trans-autophosphorylation of the FGFR3 polypeptide due to the dimerization-promoting domain in the BAIAP2L1 polypeptide.

(3) Evaluation of Tumorigenic Ability of an FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 Fusion Polypeptide, and Tumor Enlargement-Suppressing Activity of an FGFR Inhibitor

RAT-2 cells that stably express the FGFR3 polypeptide, the BAIAP2L1 polypeptide, the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide, or the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 ABAR fusion polypeptide established in the above-mentioned experiments (1) and (2) were inoculated subcutaneously into the inguinal region of BALB/c nude mice (Charles River Laboratories Japan) at 4.8-5.4×10⁶ cells, and the mice were observed for 15 days. As shown in FIG. 12, tumor enlargement was confirmed only in mice inoculated with RAT-2 cells stably expressing the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide.

Furthermore, RAT-2 cells that stably express FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 were inoculated into nude mice at 5.04×10⁶ cells. From seven days after planting the cells, an FGFR inhibitor compound A (same as the above) suspended in a solution containing 10% DMSO, 10% Cremophor EL, 15% PEG400, and 15% HPCD was orally administered once daily to mice at a concentration of 20 mL/kg. As shown in FIG. 13, tumor enlargement enhanced by the FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide was observed to be significantly suppressed by the FGFR inhibitor in a concentration-dependent manner.

The FGFR3-BAIAP2L1 fusion polypeptide was confirmed to have very strong tumorigenic ability, and this tumorigenic ability was suppressed by the FGFR inhibitor.

INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY

Fusion polypeptides comprising an FGFR3 polypeptide and another polypeptide of the present invention are expressed specifically in various types of cancer cells including bladder cancer cells. The proliferation of cells expressing such fusion polypeptides is significantly inhibited by compounds having FGFR inhibitory activity. Thus, the use of a fusion polypeptide of the present invention as a biomarker for FGFR inhibitor-based cancer therapy enables to assess each patient for the applicability or mode of use of the FGFR inhibitor, and enables to avoid side effects and control the mode of therapy to produce the best therapeutic effect in the FGFR inhibitor-based therapy. Thus, this allows personalized medicine.

In addition, the use of fusion polypeptides of the present invention as a target in developing cancer therapeutic agents that target FGFR, i.e., molecularly targeted therapeutic agents, enables to provide FGFR inhibitors with high level of specificity and antitumor activity to target cancer cells as well as cancer therapeutic agents comprising the inhibitors.

FGFR inhibitors obtained as described above have high specificity towards target cancer cells, and thus it becomes possible to provide cancer therapeutic agents with great antitumor activity but few side effects.

Furthermore, fusion polypeptides of the present invention have a close correlation to various types of cancers, and thus cancer susceptibility (sensitivity to cancer) of subjects, whether subjects are affected with cancer, or whether cancer has progressed in subjects can be tested by determining the presence or absence of the fusion polypeptide of the present invention or a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide in samples from subjects which include not only cancer patients but also healthy persons.

In addition, fusion polypeptides of the present invention have a close correlation to various types of cancers, and thus FGFR inhibitors with high specificity to FGFR can be provided by identifying a test compound that inhibits the proliferation of cells (such as cancer cells) expressing the fusion polypeptides of the present invention by comparing the cell proliferation level between in the presence and absence of the test compound. 

1-62. (canceled)
 63. A method of reducing the likelihood that a subject will develop a tumor, the method comprising (a) determining that a sample from a human subject comprises: (i) a fusion polypeptide comprising part or all of the amino acid sequence of an FGFR3 protein whose sequence is at least 70% identical to SEQ ID NO: 6 or 7, and part or all of the amino acid sequence of a BAIAP2L1 protein whose sequence is at least 70% identical to SEQ ID NO: 8, or (ii) a polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide; (b) determining that the subject is in need of a treatment to reduce the subject's likelihood of developing a tumor that expresses the fusion polypeptide; and (c) administering to the subject an FGFR inhibitor in an amount effective to reduce the subject's likelihood of developing a tumor that expresses the fusion polypeptide.
 64. The method of claim 63, wherein the FGFR inhibitor is a tyrosine kinase inhibitor that inhibits phosphorylation of FGFR.
 65. The method of claim 63, wherein the FGFR inhibitor is an antibody.
 66. The method of claim 63, wherein the amino acid sequence of the FGFR3 protein is SEQ ID NO: 6 or
 7. 67. The method of claim 63, wherein the amino acid sequence of the BAIAP2L1 protein is SEQ ID NO:
 8. 68. The method of claim 63, wherein the fusion polypeptide consists of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32 or
 38. 69. The method of claim 63, further comprising determining the fusion polypeptide comprises additional amino acid sequence that is not a part of SEQ ID NO: 6, 7, or
 8. 70. The method of claim 63, wherein the fusion polypeptide induces phosphorylation of FGFR3 and wherein cells expressing the fusion polypeptide are transformed into tumor cells.
 71. The method of claim 63, wherein the BAIAP2L1 protein comprises a BAR (Bin-Amphiphysin-Rvs) dimerization domain.
 72. The method of claim 63, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of bladder cancer, brain tumor, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, skin melanoma, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, and liver cancer.
 73. The method of claim 63, wherein the cancer is bladder cancer.
 74. The method of claim 63, wherein the cancer is lung cancer.
 75. The method of claim 63, wherein the FGFR inhibitor is a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

wherein R₁, R₂, R₃, and R₄ each independently represents the group listed below: R₁ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; R₂ represents hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, —OR₅, —NR₆R₇, —(CR₈R₉)_(n)Z₁, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, —NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; or R₁ and R₂, together with an atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted by halogen; R₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₆ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₄ represents hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —(CH₂)_(n)Z₁, —NR₆R₇, —OR₅, —C(O)NR₁₂R₁₃, —SR₁₄, —SOR₁₅, —SO₂R₁₆, NR₁₇SO₂R₁₈, COOH, —COR₁₉, —COOR₂₀, —OC(O)R₂₁, —NR₂₂C(O)R₂₃, —NR₂₄C(S)R₂₅, —C(S)NR₂₆R₂₇, —SO₂NR₂₈R₂₉, —OSO₂R₃₀, —SO₃R₃₁, or —Si(R₃₂)₃; A represents a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl ring or C₆₋₁₀ aryl ring; R₅ represents C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, or C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₆ and R₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino C₁₋₄ alkyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino C₁₋₄ alkyl, or cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl); or alternatively R₆ and R₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; n represents 1 to 3; R₈ and R₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or halogen; or alternatively R₈ and R₉, together with a carbon atom linked thereto, form a cycloaliphatic ring; Z₁ represents hydrogen, NR₁₀R₁₁, —OH, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₀ and R₁₁, which can be the same or different, each represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), or C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl; or alternatively R₁₀ and R₁₁, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₁₂ and R₁₃, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxy C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; or alternatively R₁₂ and R₁₃, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₄ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₆ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₇ represents hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl; R₁₈ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group P, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₁₉ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by one or more groups independently selected from group Q; R₂₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₂ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₃ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₄ represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, or C₁₋₄ haloalkyl; R₂₅ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₂₆ and R₂₇, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₆ and R₂₇, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₂₈ and R₂₉, which can be the same or different, each represents hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkoxyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl C₁₋₄ alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl C₁₋₃ alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl C₁₋₃ alkyl, cyano(C₁₋₃ alkyl), C₁₋₃ alkylsulfonyl C₁₋₄ alkyl, or 3- to 10-membered cycloaliphatic ring; or alternatively R₂₈ and R₂₉, together with a nitrogen atom linked thereto, form 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl; R₃₀ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₁ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; R₃₂ represents C₁₋₄ alkyl or C₆₋₁₀ aryl; <group P> halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₃ haloalkoxy, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclylamino, −SO₂R₆, —CN, −NO₂, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl; <group Q> halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ monohydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ dihydroxy alkyl, C₁₋₆ trihydroxy alkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl amine, —SO₂R₁₆, —CN, —NO₂, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, —COR₁₉, and 3- to 10-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by C₁₋₄ alkyl.
 76. The method of claim 75, wherein A is indole, and R₃ and R₄ are both hydrogen.
 77. The method of claim 63, wherein the FGFR inhibitor is a compound having the formula:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 78. The method of claim 63, wherein the FGFR inhibitor is a compound having the formula:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 79. The method of claim 63, wherein the FGFR inhibitor is a compound having the formula:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 80. The method of claim 63, wherein the FGFR inhibitor is a compound having the formula:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 81. The method of claim 63, wherein the FGFR inhibitor is a 2-hydroxypropionic acid salt of a compound having the formula: 